• source navigation  • diff markup  • identifier search  • freetext search  • 

Sources/ucode/include/linux/nl80211.h

  1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
  2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
  3 /*
  4  * 802.11 netlink interface public header
  5  *
  6  * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
  7  * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
  8  * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
  9  * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
 10  * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
 11  * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
 12  * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
 13  * Copyright 2015-2017  Intel Deutschland GmbH
 14  * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation
 15  *
 16  * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
 17  * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
 18  * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
 19  *
 20  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
 21  * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
 22  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
 23  * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
 24  * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
 25  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
 26  * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 27  *
 28  */
 29 
 30 /*
 31  * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
 32  * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
 33  * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
 34  *
 35  * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
 36  * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
 37  * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
 38  * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
 39  * can actually be identified and removed.
 40  * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
 41  */
 42 
 43 #include <linux/types.h>
 44 
 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
 46 
 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG          "config"
 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN            "scan"
 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG             "regulatory"
 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME            "mlme"
 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR          "vendor"
 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN             "nan"
 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE        "testmode"
 54 
 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN      4
 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX      15
 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN       1
 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX       0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
 59 
 60 /**
 61  * DOC: Station handling
 62  *
 63  * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
 64  * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
 65  * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
 66  * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
 67  * to.
 68  *
 69  * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
 70  * capabilities.
 71  *
 72  * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
 73  * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
 74  *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
 75  *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
 76  *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
 77  *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
 78  *    time mark it authorized.
 79  *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
 80  *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
 81  *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
 82  *
 83  * TODO: need more info for other interface types
 84  */
 85 
 86 /**
 87  * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
 88  *
 89  * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
 90  * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
 91  * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
 92  * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
 93  * for various reasons.
 94  *
 95  * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
 96  * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
 97  * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
 98  * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
 99  * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100  * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101  * for doing that.
102  *
103  * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104  * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105  * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106  *
107  * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108  *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109  *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110  *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111  *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112  *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113  *
114  * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115  * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116  * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117  * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118  *
119  * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120  * below.
121  */
122 
123 /**
124  * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125  *
126  * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127  * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128  * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129  * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130  *
131  * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132  * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133  * types there no concurrency is implied.
134  *
135  * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136  * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137  * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138  * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139  * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140  * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141  * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142  *
143  * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144  * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145  * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146  * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147  * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148  * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149  * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150  * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151  *
152  * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153  * interfaces that a given device supports.
154  */
155 
156 /**
157  * DOC: packet coalesce support
158  *
159  * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160  * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161  * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162  * and power consumption.
163  *
164  * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165  * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166  * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167  * following events occur.
168  * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169  * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170  * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171  * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172  *
173  * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174  * rule.
175  * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176  * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177  * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178  * Multiple such rules can be created.
179  */
180 
181 /**
182  * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183  *
184  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185  * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186  * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187  * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188  * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189  * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190  * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191  *
192  * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193  * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194  * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195  * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196  * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197  * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198  * not present.
199  *
200  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201  * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202  * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203  * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204  * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205  * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206  * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207  *
208  * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209  * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210  * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211  */
212 
213 /**
214  * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215  *
216  * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
217  * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218  * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219  * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220  * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221  * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222  * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227  * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228  * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229  * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230  * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231  *
232  * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233  * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234  * up a connection or after roaming.
235  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237  *      %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238  *      %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239  * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240  * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241  *
242  * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
243  * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244  * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245  * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246  * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247  * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248  * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249  */
250 
251 /**
252  * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253  *
254  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255  * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256  * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257  * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258  *
259  * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260  * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261  * respectively.
262  */
263 
264 /**
265  * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266  *
267  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268  * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269  * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270  * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271  * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272  * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273  * that main netdev.
274  *
275  * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276  * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277  * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278  */
279 
280 /**
281  * DOC: TID configuration
282  *
283  * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284  * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285  *
286  * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287  * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288  * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289  *
290  * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291  * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292  * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293  * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294  * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
295  * will be overwritten.
296  *
297  * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
298  * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299  * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300  * the interface goes down.
301  */
302 
303 /**
304  * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
305  *
306  * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
307  *
308  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
309  *      to get a list of all present wiphys.
310  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
311  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
312  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
313  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
314  *      channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
315  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
316  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
317  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.  However, for setting the channel,
318  *      see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
319  *      compatibility only.
320  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
321  *      or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
322  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
323  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
324  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
325  *
326  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
327  *      either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
328  *      single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
329  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
330  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
331  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
332  *      to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
333  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
334  *      be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
335  *      then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
336  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
337  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
338  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
339  *      userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
340  *      attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
341  *
342  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
343  *      by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
344  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
345  *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
346  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
347  *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
348  *      and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
349  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
350  *      or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
351  *
352  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
353  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
354  *      using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
355  *      attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
356  *      internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
357  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
358  * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
359  *      are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
360  *      do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
361  *      %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
362  *      %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
363  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
364  *      %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
365  *      %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
366  *      %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
367  *      The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
368  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
369  *      attributes determining channel width.
370  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
371  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
372  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
373  *
374  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
375  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
376  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
377  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
378  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
379  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
380  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
381  *      or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
382  *      by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
383  *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
384  *      of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
385  *      (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
386  *      frame).
387  *
388  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
389  *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
390  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
391  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
392  *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
393  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
394  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
395  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
396  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
397  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
398  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
399  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
400  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
401  *      or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
402  *      by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
403  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
404  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
405  *
406  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
407  *      regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
408  *      has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
409  *      global regdomain will be returned.
410  *      A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
411  *      regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
412  *      information will still be mended according to further hints from
413  *      the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
414  *      is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
415  *      all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
416  *      If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
417  *      its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
418  *      core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
419  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
420  *      after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
421  *      domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
422  *      current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
423  *      NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
424  *      regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
425  *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
426  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
427  *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
428  *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
429  * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
430  *      to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
431  *      store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
432  *
433  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
434  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
435  *
436  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
437  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
438  *
439  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
440  *      interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
441  *      frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
442  *      added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
443  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
444  *      added to all specified management frames generated by
445  *      kernel/firmware/driver.
446  *      Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
447  *      point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
448  *      command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
449  *      option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
450  *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
451  *      NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
452  *
453  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
454  * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
455  *      %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
456  *      probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
457  *      specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
458  *      be used.
459  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
460  *      NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
461  * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
462  *      partial scan results may be available
463  *
464  * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
465  *      intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
466  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
467  *      not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
468  *      scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
469  *      These attributes are mutually exculsive,
470  *      i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
471  *      NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
472  *      If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
473  *      plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
474  *      Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
475  *      are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
476  *      broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
477  *      string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
478  *      a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
479  *      if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
480  *      passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
481  *      are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
482  *      using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
483  *      scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
484  *      is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
485  *      scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
486  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
487  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
488  *      scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
489  *      as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
490  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
491  *      results available.
492  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
493  *      stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
494  *      scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
495  *      does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
496  *      a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
497  *      %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
498  *      is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
499  *
500  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
501  *      or noise level
502  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
503  *      NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
504  *
505  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
506  *      (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
507  *      (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
508  *      using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
509  *      %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
510  *      authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
511  *      advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
512  *      ESS.
513  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
514  *      (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
515  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
516  *      authentication.
517  * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
518  *
519  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
520  *      has been changed and provides details of the request information
521  *      that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
522  *      (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
523  *      (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
524  *      the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
525  *      %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
526  *      set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
527  *      %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
528  *      to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
529  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
530  *      has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
531  *      any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
532  *      where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
533  *      if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
534  *      driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
535  *      doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
536  *      on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
537  *      or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
538  *      never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
539  *      enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
540  *      either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
541  *      userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
542  *      (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
543  *      before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
544  *      the beacon hint was processed.
545  *
546  * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
547  *      This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
548  *      as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
549  *      authentication process.
550  *      When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
551  *      interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
552  *      BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
553  *      the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
554  *      request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
555  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
556  *      channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
557  *      authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
558  *      (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
559  *      to the frame.
560  *      When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
561  *      frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
562  *      frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
563  *      state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
564  *      MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
565  *      included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
566  *      (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
567  *      also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
568  *      case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
569  *      %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
570  *      pending authentication timed out).
571  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
572  *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
573  *      (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
574  *      MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
575  *      %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
576  *      request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
577  *      included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
578  *      included).
579  * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
580  *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
581  *      MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
582  *      primitives).
583  * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
584  *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
585  *      MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
586  *
587  * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
588  *      MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
589  *      event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
590  *      the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
591  *      type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
592  *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
593  *      event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
594  *
595  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
596  *      FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
597  *      and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
598  *      should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
599  *      executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
600  *      may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
601  *      given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
602  *      given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
603  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
604  *      determined by the network interface.
605  *
606  * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
607  *      to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
608  *      to the driver.
609  *
610  * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
611  *      requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
612  *      auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
613  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
614  *      IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
615  *      %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
616  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
617  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
618  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
619  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
620  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
621  *      If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
622  *      restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
623  *      within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
624  *      can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
625  *      allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
626  *      ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
627  *      set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
628  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
629  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
630  *      Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
631  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
632  *      included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
633  *      space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
634  *      up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
635  *      userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
636  *      driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
637  *      has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
638  *      %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
639  *      the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
640  *      a different BSS is desired.
641  *      Background scan period can optionally be
642  *      specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
643  *      if not specified default background scan configuration
644  *      in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
645  *      This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
646  *      It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
647  *      connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
648  *      determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
649  *      non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
650  *      event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
651  *      authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
652  *      Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
653  *      well to remain backwards compatible.
654  * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
655  *      When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
656  *      fast transition, this event should be followed by an
657  *      %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
658  *      Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
659  *      %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
660  *      new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
661  * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
662  *      userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
663  *      reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
664  *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
665  *
666  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
667  *      associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
668  *
669  * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
670  *      channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
671  *      off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
672  *      a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
673  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
674  *      radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
675  *      frequency for the operation.
676  *      %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
677  *      to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
678  *      notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
679  *      driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
680  *      radio).
681  *      When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
682  *      that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
683  *      the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
684  * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
685  *      pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
686  *      completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
687  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
688  *      radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
689  *      uniquely identify the request.
690  *      This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
691  *      remain-on-channel duration has expired.
692  *
693  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
694  *      rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
695  *      and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
696  *
697  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
698  *      (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
699  *      requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
700  *      backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
701  *      and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
702  *      that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
703  *      four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
704  *      cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
705  *      socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
706  *      The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
707  *      %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
708  *      case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
709  *      flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
710  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
711  *      backward compatibility
712  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
713  *      command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
714  *      as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
715  *      kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
716  *      user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
717  *      frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
718  *      to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
719  *      received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
720  *      or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
721  *      and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
722  *      specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
723  *      returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
724  *      TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
725  *      %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
726  *      management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
727  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
728  *      counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
729  *      is used during CSA period.
730  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
731  *      command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
732  *      time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.  This command is
733  *      also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
734  *      wait time.
735  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
736  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
737  *      transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
738  *      the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
739  *      frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
740  *      the frame.
741  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
742  *      backward compatibility.
743  *
744  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
745  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
746  *
747  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
748  *      is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
749  *      levels.
750  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
751  *      command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
752  *      reached.
753  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
754  *      and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
755  *      (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
756  *      In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
757  *      with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
758  *      When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
759  *      no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
760  *      of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
761  *      precedence when they are used.
762  *
763  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
764  *      (no longer supported).
765  *
766  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
767  *      multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
768  *      with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
769  *      will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
770  *      MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
771  *      break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
772  *      unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
773  *      to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
774  *      This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
775  *      type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
776  *      (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
777  *      If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
778  *      command, the feature is disabled.
779  *
780  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
781  *      mesh config parameters may be given.
782  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
783  *      network is determined by the network interface.
784  *
785  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
786  *      notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
787  *      deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
788  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
789  *      notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
790  *      disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
791  *
792  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
793  *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
794  *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
795  *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
796  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
797  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
798  *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
799  *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
800  *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
801  *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
802  *      depending on the authentication result.
803  *
804  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
805  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
806  *      Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
807  *      various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
808  *      command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
809  *      more background information, see
810  *      https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
811  *      The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
812  *      from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
813  *      @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
814  *      for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
815  *      in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
816  *      wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
817  *
818  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
819  *      the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
820  *      feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
821  *      is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
822  *      contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
823  *      this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
824  *      inform userspace of the new replay counter.
825  *
826  * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
827  *      of PMKSA caching dandidates.
828  *
829  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
830  *      In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
831  *      actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
832  *      In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
833  *      operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
834  *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
835  *      %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
836  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
837  *      %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
838  *      sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
839  *      802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
840  *      8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
841  *      supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
842  *      and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
843  *      &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
844  *
845  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
846  *      (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
847  *      implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
848  *      frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
849  *      is received.
850  *      For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
851  *      other attributes like the interface index are present.
852  *      If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
853  *      only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
854  *      is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
855  *
856  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
857  *      associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
858  *      and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
859  *      to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
860  *
861  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
862  *      by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
863  *      acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
864  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
865  *      direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
866  *      up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
867  *      has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
868  *
869  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
870  *      other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
871  *      OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
872  *      messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
873  *
874  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
875  *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
876  *
877  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
878  *      independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
879  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
880  *      attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
881  *      sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
882  *      from the remote AP) is completed;
883  *
884  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
885  *      has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
886  *      (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
887  *      initiated on our own).  It indicates that
888  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
889  *      after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
890  *      decide to react to this indication by requesting other
891  *      interfaces to change channel as well.
892  *
893  * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
894  *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
895  *      %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
896  *      P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
897  *      public action frame TX.
898  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
899  *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
900  *
901  * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
902  *      notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
903  *      station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
904  *      is used for this.
905  *
906  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
907  *      for IBSS or MESH vif.
908  *
909  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
910  *      This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
911  *      address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
912  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
913  *      %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
914  *      is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
915  *      will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
916  *      command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
917  *      ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
918  *
919  * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
920  *      a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
921  *      or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
922  *      this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
923  *      while operating on this channel.
924  *      %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
925  *      event.
926  *
927  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
928  *      i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
929  *      Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
930  *
931  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
932  *      Information Element to the WLAN driver
933  *
934  * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
935  *      to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
936  *      with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
937  *      received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
938  *
939  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
940  *      a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
941  *      complete.
942  *
943  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
944  *      return back to normal.
945  *
946  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
947  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
948  *
949  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
950  *      new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
951  *      in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
952  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
953  *      new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
954  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
955  *      width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
956  *      other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
957  *      switch is complete.
958  *
959  * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
960  *      by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
961  *      %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
962  *      %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
963  *      For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
964  *      used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
965  *      (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
966  *      This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
967  *
968  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
969  *      The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
970  *      that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
971  *      QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
972  *      association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
973  *
974  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
975  *      %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
976  *      and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
977  *      Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
978  *      userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
979  *      up the TX TS in the driver/device.
980  *      If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
981  *      if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
982  *      avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
983  *      make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
984  *      fail even if the check was successful.
985  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
986  *      and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
987  *      before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
988  *      or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
989  *
990  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
991  *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
992  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
993  *
994  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
995  *      bandwidth of a channel must be given.
996  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
997  *      network is determined by the network interface.
998  *
999  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1000  *      identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1001  *      provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1002  *      channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1003  *      %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1004  *      The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1005  *      operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1006  *      AP.
1007  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1008  *      peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1009  *      when this command completes.
1010  *
1011  * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1012  *      as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1013  *      management.
1014  *
1015  * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1016  *      not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1017  *      cfg80211_scan_done().
1018  *
1019  * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1020  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1021  *      previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1022  *      has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1023  *      cluster. This command must have a valid
1024  *      %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1025  *      %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1026  *      omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1027  *      decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
1028  *      added.
1029  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1030  *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1031  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1032  *      with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1033  *      operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1034  *      (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1035  *      of the function upon success.
1036  *      Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1037  *      way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1038  *      event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1039  *      function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1040  *      which just terminated.
1041  *      This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1042  *      returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1043  *      the response to this command.
1044  *      Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1045  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1046  *      This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1047  *      terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1048  *      and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1049  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1050  *      configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1051  *      was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
1052  *      attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1053  *      %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1054  *      current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
1055  *      set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1056  *      (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1057  * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1058  *      This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1059  *      %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1060  *
1061  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1062  *      for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1063  *      BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1064  *      does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1065  *      only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1066  *
1067  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1068  *      for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1069  *      When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1070  *      PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1071  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1072  *      configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1073  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1074  * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1075  *      completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1076  *      should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1077  *      %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1078  *      should be indicated instead.
1079  * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1080  *      and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
1081  *      a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1082  *      has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1083  *      frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1084  *      802.11 headers.
1085  *      When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1086  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1087  *      indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1088  *      was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1089  *
1090  * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1091  *
1092  * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1093  *      drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1094  *      association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1095  *      This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1096  *      to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1097  *      driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1098  *
1099  *      User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1100  *      trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1101  *      this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1102  *      space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1103  *      space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1104  *      further with the association after getting successful authentication
1105  *      status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1106  *      %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1107  *      command interface.
1108  *
1109  *      Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1110  *      user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1111  *      initiated the connection through the connect request.
1112  *
1113  * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1114  *      ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1115  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1116  *      address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1117  *
1118  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1119  *      the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1120  *
1121  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1122  *      with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1123  *      %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1124  *      randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1125  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1126  *      If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1127  *      A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1128  *      the netlink extended ack message.
1129  *
1130  *      To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1131  *
1132  *      Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1133  *      measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1134  *      become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1135  *      buffer size.
1136  *
1137  *      Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1138  *      multiple concurrent measurements.
1139  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1140  *      result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1141  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1142  *      the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1143  *      (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1144  *
1145  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1146  *      detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1147  *      indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1148  *      determining the width and type.
1149  *
1150  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1151  *      offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1152  *      OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1153  *      on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1154  *
1155  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1156  *      refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1157  *      frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1158  *      primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1159  *      the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1160  *      form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1161  *      properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1162  *      regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1163  *      so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1164  *      rate selection.
1165  *
1166  *      Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1167  *      peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1168  *      content. The frame is ethernet data.
1169  *
1170  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1171  *      is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1172  *
1173  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1174  *      frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1175  *      dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1176  *      protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1177  *
1178  * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1179  *      port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1180  *      %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1181  *      includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1182  *      if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1183  *
1184  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1185  *      passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1186  *      specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1187  *
1188  * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1189  *      mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1190  *
1191  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1192  *      userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1193  *
1194  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1195  *      started
1196  *
1197  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1198  *      been aborted
1199  *
1200  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1201  *      has completed
1202  *
1203  * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1204  * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1205  */
1206 enum nl80211_commands {
1207 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1208         NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1209 
1210         NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,          /* can dump */
1211         NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1212         NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1213         NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1214 
1215         NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,      /* can dump */
1216         NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1217         NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1218         NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1219 
1220         NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1221         NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1222         NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1223         NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1224 
1225         NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1226         NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1227         NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1228         NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1229         NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1230         NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1231 
1232         NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1233         NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1234         NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1235         NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1236 
1237         NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1238         NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1239         NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1240         NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1241 
1242         NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1243 
1244         NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1245         NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1246 
1247         NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1248         NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1249 
1250         NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1251 
1252         NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1253 
1254         NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1255         NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1256         NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1257         NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1258 
1259         NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1260 
1261         NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1262         NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1263         NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1264         NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1265 
1266         NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1267 
1268         NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1269 
1270         NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1271         NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1272 
1273         NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1274 
1275         NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1276         NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1277         NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1278 
1279         NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1280 
1281         NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1282         NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1283 
1284         NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1285         NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1286         NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1287 
1288         NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1289         NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1290 
1291         NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1292 
1293         NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1294         NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1295         NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1296         NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1297         NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1298         NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1299 
1300         NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1301         NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1302 
1303         NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1304         NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1305 
1306         NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1307         NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1308 
1309         NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1310 
1311         NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1312         NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1313 
1314         NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1315         NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1316 
1317         NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1318 
1319         NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1320         NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1321 
1322         NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1323         NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1324         NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1325         NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1326 
1327         NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1328 
1329         NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1330 
1331         NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1332         NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1333 
1334         NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1335 
1336         NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1337 
1338         NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1339 
1340         NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1341 
1342         NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1343 
1344         NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1345 
1346         NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1347         NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1348 
1349         NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1350 
1351         NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1352 
1353         NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1354 
1355         NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1356 
1357         NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1358 
1359         NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1360         NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1361 
1362         NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1363         NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1364 
1365         NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1366         NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1367 
1368         NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1369 
1370         NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1371 
1372         NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1373 
1374         NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1375         NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1376 
1377         NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1378 
1379         NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1380         NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1381 
1382         NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1383 
1384         NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1385         NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1386 
1387         NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1388 
1389         NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1390 
1391         NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1392         NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1393         NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1394         NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1395         NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1396         NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1397 
1398         NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1399 
1400         NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1401 
1402         NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1403         NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1404 
1405         NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1406 
1407         NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1408 
1409         NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1410 
1411         NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1412 
1413         NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1414 
1415         NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1416 
1417         NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1418         NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1419         NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1420 
1421         NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1422 
1423         NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1424 
1425         NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1426 
1427         NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1428 
1429         NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1430 
1431         NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1432 
1433         NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1434 
1435         NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1436 
1437         NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1438 
1439         NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1440         NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1441         NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1442 
1443         /* add new commands above here */
1444 
1445         /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1446         __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1447         NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1448 };
1449 
1450 /*
1451  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1452  * here
1453  */
1454 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1455 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1456 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1457 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1458 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1459 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1460 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1461 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1462 
1463 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1464 
1465 /* source-level API compatibility */
1466 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1467 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1468 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1469 
1470 /**
1471  * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1472  *
1473  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1474  *
1475  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1476  *      /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1477  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1478  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1479  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1480  *      defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1481  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1482  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1483  *      and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1484  * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1485  *      of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1486  *      documentation of the enum for more information.
1487  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1488  *      channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1489  *      operating channel center frequency.
1490  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1491  *      channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1492  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1493  *      if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1494  *      NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1495  *              this attribute)
1496  *      NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1497  *      NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1498  *      NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1499  *      This attribute is now deprecated.
1500  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1501  *      less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1502  *      dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1503  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1504  *      greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1505  *      dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1506  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1507  *      length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1508  *      fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1509  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1510  *      larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1511  *      0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1512  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1513  *      section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1514  *
1515  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1516  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1517  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1518  *
1519  * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1520  *      that don't have a netdev (u64)
1521  *
1522  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1523  *
1524  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1525  *      16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1526  *      keys
1527  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1528  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1529  *      section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1530  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1531  *      CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1532  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1533  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1534  *      default management key
1535  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1536  *      other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1537  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1538  *      other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1539  *
1540  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1541  * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1542  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1543  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1544  *
1545  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1546  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1547  *      &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1548  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1549  *      IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1550  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1551  *      rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1552  *      restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1553  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1554  *      to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1555  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1556  *      given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1557  *      info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1558  *
1559  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1560  *      consisting of a nested array.
1561  *
1562  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1563  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1564  *      (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1565  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1566  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1567  *      info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1568  *      &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1569  *
1570  * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1571  *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1572  *
1573  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1574  *      current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1575  *      For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1576  *      to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1577  *      also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1578  *      regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1579  *      IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1580  *      Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1581  *      to a specific alpha2.
1582  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1583  *      rules.
1584  *
1585  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1586  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1587  *      (u8, 0 or 1)
1588  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1589  *      (u8, 0 or 1)
1590  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1591  *      rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1592  *      restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1593  *
1594  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1595  *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1596  *
1597  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1598  *      supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1599  *      of the interface mode.
1600  *
1601  * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1602  *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1603  *
1604  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1605  *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1606  *
1607  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1608  *      a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1609  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1610  *      scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1611  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1612  *      that can be added to a scan request
1613  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1614  *      elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1615  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1616  *      used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1617  *
1618  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1619  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1620  *      scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1621  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1622  *
1623  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1624  *      currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1625  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1626  *      set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1627  *
1628  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1629  *      an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1630  *      that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1631  *
1632  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1633  *      and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1634  *      NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1635  * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1636  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1637  *      represented as a u32
1638  * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1639  *      %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1640  *
1641  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1642  *      a u32
1643  *
1644  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1645  *      due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1646  *      the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1647  *      attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1648  *      NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1649  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1650  *      due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1651  *      the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1652  *      attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1653  *      NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1654  *
1655  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1656  *      cipher suites
1657  *
1658  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1659  *      for other networks on different channels
1660  *
1661  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1662  *      is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1663  *
1664  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1665  *      used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1666  *      this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1667  *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1668  *      %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1669  *      must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1670  *      Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1671  *      let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1672  *
1673  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1674  *      &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1675  *
1676  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1677  *      IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1678  *      station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1679  *      request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1680  *      authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1681  *      default in station mode.
1682  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1683  *      ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1684  *      specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1685  *      specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1686  *      attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1687  *      indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1688  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1689  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1690  *      ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1691  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1692  *      port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1693  *      will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1694  *      socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1695  *      control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
1696  *      flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1697  *      using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
1698  *      to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1699  *      flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1700  *      frames are not forwared over the control port.
1701  *
1702  * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1703  *      We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1704  *
1705  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1706  *      event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1707  *      a local disconnect request.
1708  * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1709  *      event (u16)
1710  * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1711  *      that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1712  *      indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1713  *
1714  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1715  *      to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1716  *      (an array of u32).
1717  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1718  *      indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1719  *      u32).
1720  * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1721  *      indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1722  *      (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1723  * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1724  *      indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1725  *      This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1726  *      indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1727  *      implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1728  *      the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1729  *      If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1730  *      assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1731  *
1732  * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1733  *      sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1734  * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1735  *      sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1736  *
1737  * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1738  *      commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1739  *      Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1740  *      Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1741  *      used for the initial association to an ESS.
1742  *
1743  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1744  *      %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1745  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1746  *      and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1747  *      with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1748  *
1749  * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1750  *
1751  * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1752  *      dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1753  *      dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1754  *      obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1755  *      all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1756  *      changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1757  *      completely from scratch.
1758  *
1759  * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1760  *
1761  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1762  *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1763  *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1764  *
1765  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1766  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1767  *      cache, a wiphy attribute.
1768  *
1769  * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1770  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1771  *      specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1772  *      remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1773  *
1774  * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1775  *
1776  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1777  *      (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1778  *      enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1779  *      data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1780  *      rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1781  *      is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1782  *      and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1783  *      specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1784  *      The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1785  *      features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1786  *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1787  *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1788  *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1789  *
1790  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1791  *      at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1792  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1793  *      @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1794  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1795  *      nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1796  *      information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1797  *      %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1798  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1799  *      nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1800  *      information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1801  *
1802  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1803  *      acknowledged by the recipient.
1804  *
1805  * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1806  *
1807  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1808  *      nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1809  *
1810  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1811  *      is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1812  *      invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1813  *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1814  *      NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1815  *
1816  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1817  *      connected to this BSS.
1818  *
1819  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1820  *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1821  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1822  *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1823  *      for non-automatic settings.
1824  *
1825  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1826  *      means support for per-station GTKs.
1827  *
1828  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1829  *      This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1830  *      not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1831  *      bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1832  *
1833  *      Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1834  *      bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1835  *      drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1836  *      a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1837  *      a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1838  *      HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1839  *      derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1840  *      Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1841  *      Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1842  *      support by returning -EINVAL.
1843  *
1844  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1845  *      This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1846  *      not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1847  *      the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1848  *      For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1849  *
1850  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1851  *      for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1852  *
1853  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1854  *      for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1855  *
1856  * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1857  *
1858  * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1859  *      transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1860  *      the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1861  *      flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1862  *      nl80211 capability flag.
1863  *
1864  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1865  *
1866  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1867  *      attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1868  *      See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1869  *
1870  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
1871  *      changed once the mesh is active.
1872  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1873  *      containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1874  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1875  *      allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1876  *      the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1877  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1878  *      &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1879  *      management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1880  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1881  *
1882  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1883  *      capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1884  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1885  *      indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1886  *      used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1887  *      triggers.
1888  *
1889  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1890  *      cycles, in msecs.
1891  *
1892  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1893  *      sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
1894  *      that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
1895  *      pass-thru filter rules.
1896  *      For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1897  *      set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1898  *      attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1899  *      fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1900  *      able to ignore them by itself.
1901  *      Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1902  *      this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1903  *      needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1904  *      If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1905  *      the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1906  *      is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1907  *      will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1908  *      If omitted, no filtering is done.
1909  *
1910  * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1911  *      interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1912  *      defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1913  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1914  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1915  *      are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1916  *      any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1917  *
1918  * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1919  *      necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1920  *
1921  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1922  *      nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1923  *      being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1924  *      without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1925  *
1926  * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1927  *      and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1928  *      &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1929  *
1930  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1931  *      This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1932  *      provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1933  *      driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1934  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1935  *      Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1936  *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1937  *      (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1938  *      (Re)Association Request frames.
1939  *
1940  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1941  *      of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1942  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1943  *      as AP.
1944  *
1945  * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1946  *      roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1947  *
1948  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1949  *      candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1950  *
1951  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1952  *      for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1953  *      frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1954  *      applications use this attribute.
1955  *      This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1956  *      %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1957  *
1958  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1959  *      request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1960  *      described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1961  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1962  *      TDLS conversation between two devices.
1963  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1964  *      &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1965  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1966  *      as a TDLS peer sta.
1967  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1968  *      procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1969  *      %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1970  *      used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1971  *
1972  * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1973  *      that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1974  *      with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1975  *      &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1976  *
1977  * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1978  *      the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1979  *      it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1980  *      mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1981  *
1982  * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1983  *      &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1984  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1985  *      requests while operating in AP-mode.
1986  *      This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1987  *      offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1988  *
1989  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1990  *      probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1991  *      to be filled by the FW.
1992  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1993  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
1994  *      Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1995  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
1996  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
1997  *      Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1998  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
1999  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2000  *      Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2001  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2002  *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2003  *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2004  *      The values that may be configured are:
2005  *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2006  *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2007  *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2008  *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
2009  *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2010  *
2011  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2012  *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2013  *    to one DFS region.
2014  *
2015  * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2016  *      up to 16 TIDs.
2017  *
2018  * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2019  *      used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2020  *      to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2021  *      the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2022  *      capability to timeout the stations.
2023  *
2024  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2025  *      this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2026  *      received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2027  *
2028  * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2029  *      or 0 to disable background scan.
2030  *
2031  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2032  *      userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2033  *      a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2034  *      was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2035  *      allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2036  *
2037  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2038  *      the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2039  *      enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2040  *
2041  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2042  *      This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2043  *      excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2044  *      Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2045  *      authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2046  *      the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2047  *      initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2048  *      Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2049  *      for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2050  *      consistent.
2051  *
2052  * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2053  *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2054  *
2055  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2056  *
2057  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2058  *      the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2059  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2060  *      START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2061  *      if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2062  *      no change is made.
2063  *
2064  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2065  *      defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2066  *
2067  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2068  *      carried in a u32 attribute
2069  *
2070  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2071  *      MAC ACL.
2072  *
2073  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2074  *      number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2075  *      ACL.
2076  *
2077  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2078  *      contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2079  *
2080  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2081  *      has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2082  *      802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2083  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2084  *      has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2085  *
2086  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2087  *      the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2088  *
2089  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2090  *      advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2091  *      and PU-APSD.
2092  *
2093  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2094  *      &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2095  *
2096  * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2097  *      receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2098  *      messages, given with wiphy dump message
2099  *
2100  * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2101  *
2102  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2103  *      Element
2104  *
2105  * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2106  *      reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2107  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2108  *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2109  *
2110  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2111  *      This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2112  *      allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2113  *      update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2114  *
2115  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2116  *
2117  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2118  *      until the channel switch event.
2119  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2120  *      must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2121  *      operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2122  *      was requested by the AP.
2123  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2124  *      for the time while performing a channel switch.
2125  * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2126  *      switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2127  * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2128  *      switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2129  *
2130  * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2131  *      As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2132  *
2133  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2134  *
2135  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2136  *      operating classes.
2137  *
2138  * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2139  *      controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2140  *      %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2141  *      channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2142  *      to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2143  *      IBSS network.
2144  *
2145  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2146  *      5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2147  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2148  *      10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2149  *
2150  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2151  *      Notification Element based on association request when used with
2152  *      %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2153  *      %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2154  *      u8 attribute.
2155  *
2156  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2157  *      %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2158  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2159  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2160  *      attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2161  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2162  *      info, containing a nested array of possible events
2163  *
2164  * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2165  *      data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2166  *      in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2167  *
2168  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2169  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2170  *
2171  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2172  *      associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2173  *      Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2174  *      other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2175  *      advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2176  *      to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2177  *
2178  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2179  *      should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2180  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2181  *      supported number of csa counters.
2182  *
2183  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2184  *      As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2185  *
2186  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2187  *      creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2188  *      that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2189  *      If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2190  *      owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2191  *      be stopped when the socket is closed.
2192  *      If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2193  *      regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2194  *      that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2195  *      cleared when the socket is closed.
2196  *      If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2197  *      if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2198  *      notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2199  *      attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2200  *      multicast group.
2201  *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2202  *      station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2203  *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2204  *      torn down when the socket is closed.
2205  *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2206  *      automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2207  *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2208  *      disabled when the socket is closed.
2209  *
2210  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2211  *      the TDLS link initiator.
2212  *
2213  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2214  *      shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2215  *      used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2216  *      User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2217  *      underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2218  *              %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2219  *              %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2220  *      Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2221  *              %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2222  *      If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2223  *      association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2224  *      flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2225  *
2226  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2227  *      estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2228  *      %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2229  *      drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2230  *      setting valid value for coverage class.
2231  *
2232  * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2233  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2234  * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2235  *      (per second) (u16 attribute)
2236  *
2237  * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2238  *      &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2239  *
2240  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2241  *
2242  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2243  *
2244  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2245  *      is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2246  *      obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2247  *      cfg80211 regdomain.
2248  *
2249  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2250  *      array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2251  *      nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2252  *      least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2253  *      is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2254  *      of byte 3 (u8 array).
2255  *
2256  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2257  *      returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2258  *      may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2259  *      statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2260  *      For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2261  *      should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2262  *      over all channels.
2263  *
2264  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2265  *      scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2266  *      net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2267  *      system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
2268 
2269  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2270  *      is operating in an indoor environment.
2271  *
2272  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2273  *      scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2274  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2275  *      a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2276  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2277  *      a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2278  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2279  *      Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2280  *      between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2281  *      thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2282  *      between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2283  *      Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2284  * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2285  *      in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2286  *      connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2287  *      a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2288  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2289  *      BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2290  *      attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2291  *      BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2292  *      it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2293  *      BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2294  *
2295  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2296  *      or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2297  *
2298  * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2299  *
2300  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2301  *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2302  *      %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2303  *      interface type.
2304  *
2305  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2306  *      groupID for monitor mode.
2307  *      The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2308  *      group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2309  *      each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2310  *      that group and 0 for not being a member.
2311  *      The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2312  *      each group.
2313  *      (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2314  *      group numbers on least significant bits.)
2315  *      This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2316  *      Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2317  *      groupID data.
2318  *      to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2319  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2320  *      when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2321  *      to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2322  *      (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2323  *
2324  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2325  *      started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2326  *      requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2327  *      attribute must not be included).
2328  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2329  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2330  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2331  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2332  *      maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2333  *      measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2334  *      if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2335  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2336  *      that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2337  *      mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2338  *      and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2339  *
2340  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2341  *      used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2342  *
2343  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2344  *      %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2345  *      %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2346  *      Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2347  *      should not be used during a normal device operation.
2348  * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
2349  *      bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2350  *      nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2351  *      would be set.  This attribute is used with
2352  *      %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2353  *      it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2354  *      the device will decide what to use.
2355  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2356  *      &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2357  *      attribute.
2358  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2359  *      See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2360  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2361  *      protection.
2362  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2363  *      Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2364  *      STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2365  *
2366  * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2367  *      packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2368  *
2369  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2370  *      used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2371  *
2372  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2373  *      other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2374  *      connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2375  *      This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2376  *      other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2377  *      the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2378  *      unnecessary wakeups.
2379  *
2380  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2381  *      the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2382  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2383  *      better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2384  *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2385  *
2386  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2387  *      u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2388  *      e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2389  *
2390  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2391  *      username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2392  *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2393  *
2394  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2395  *      of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2396  *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2397  *
2398  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2399  *      to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2400  *      for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2401  *
2402  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2403  *      NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2404  *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2405  *      from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2406  *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2407  *
2408  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2409  *      identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2410  *      @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2411  *
2412  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2413  *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2414  *      For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2415  *      PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2416  *      authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2417  *      support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2418  *      is included as well.
2419  *
2420  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2421  *      indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2422  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2423  *      scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2424  *
2425  * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2426  *      in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2427  *      wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2428  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2429  * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2430  *
2431  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2432  *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2433  *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2434  *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2435  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2436  *      space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2437  *      with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2438  *      may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2439  *      is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2440  *
2441  * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
2442  *      u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2443  *
2444  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2445  *      nl80211_txq_stats)
2446  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2447  *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2448  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2449  *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2450  *      enforced.
2451  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2452  *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2453  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2454  *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2455  *      only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2456  *
2457  * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2458  *      in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2459  *      measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2460  *      possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2461  *
2462  * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2463  *      statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2464  *
2465  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2466  *      if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2467  *      invalid value.
2468  *
2469  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2470  *      data, uses nested attributes specified in
2471  *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2472  *      This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2473  *      with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2474  *
2475  * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2476  *      scheduler.
2477  *
2478  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2479  *      station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2480  *      possible values.
2481  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2482  *      allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2483  *      the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2484  *      should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2485  *      or per-station.
2486  *
2487  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2488  *      is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2489  *      SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2490  *
2491  * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2492  *
2493  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2494  *      functionality.
2495  *
2496  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2497  *      channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2498  *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2499  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2500  *      the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2501  *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2502  *
2503  * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2504  *      (u16).
2505  *
2506  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2507  *
2508  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2509  *      using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2510  *      attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2511  *      supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2512  *      %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2513  *      advertised for a specific interface type.
2514  *
2515  * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2516  *      nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2517  *      on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2518  *      attributes.
2519  *
2520  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2521  *      port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2522  *
2523  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2524  *      dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2525  *      An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2526  *      Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2527  *      configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2528  *      authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2529  *      where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2530  *      authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2531  *      authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2532  *      result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2533  *
2534  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2535  *      terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2536  *      (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2537  *      parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2538  *      driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2539  *      after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2540  *      has expired.
2541  *
2542  *      Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2543  *      entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2544  *      no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2545  *      disassociation is still forced.
2546  * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2547  *      %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2548  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2549  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2550  *      an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2551  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2552  *      first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2553  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2554  *
2555  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2556  *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2557  *
2558  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2559  *      discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2560  *      &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2561  *
2562  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2563  *      unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2564  *      &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2565  *
2566  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2567  *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2568  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2569  *      override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2570  *      NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2571  *
2572  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2573  *      derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2574  *      This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2575  *      &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2576  *
2577  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2578  *      used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2579  *      of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2580  *      sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2581  *
2582  * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2583  *      disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2584  *      is desired.
2585  *
2586  * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2587  *      %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2588  *
2589  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2590  *      until the color switch event.
2591  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2592  *      switching to
2593  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2594  *      information for the time while performing a color switch.
2595  *
2596  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2597  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2598  * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2599  */
2600 enum nl80211_attrs {
2601 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2602         NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2603 
2604         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2605         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2606 
2607         NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2608         NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2609         NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2610 
2611         NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2612 
2613         NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2614         NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2615         NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2616         NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2617         NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2618 
2619         NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2620         NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2621         NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2622         NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2623 
2624         NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2625         NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2626         NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2627         NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2628         NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2629         NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2630 
2631         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2632 
2633         NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2634 
2635         NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2636         NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2637         NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2638         NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2639 
2640         NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2641         NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2642         NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2643 
2644         NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2645 
2646         NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2647 
2648         NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2649         NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2650 
2651         NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2652 
2653         NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2654 
2655         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2656         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2657         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2658 
2659         NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2660 
2661         NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2662         NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2663 
2664         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2665 
2666         NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2667         NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2668         NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2669         NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2670 
2671         NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2672         NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2673 
2674         NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2675 
2676         NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2677         NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2678         NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2679         NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2680 
2681         NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2682 
2683         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2684         NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2685 
2686         NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2687         NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2688 
2689         NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2690 
2691 
2692         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2693         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2694         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2695         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2696 
2697         NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2698 
2699         NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2700 
2701         NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2702 
2703         NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2704 
2705         NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2706 
2707         NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2708 
2709         NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2710         NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2711 
2712         NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2713         NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2714         NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2715         NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2716 
2717         NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2718         NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2719 
2720         NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2721 
2722         NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2723         NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2724 
2725         NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2726 
2727         NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2728 
2729         NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2730 
2731         NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2732         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2733 
2734         NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2735 
2736         NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2737 
2738         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2739 
2740         NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2741 
2742         NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2743 
2744         NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2745 
2746         NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2747 
2748         NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2749 
2750         NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2751 
2752         NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2753 
2754         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2755         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2756 
2757         NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2758         NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2759         NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2760 
2761         NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2762         NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2763 
2764         NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2765 
2766         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2767         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2768 
2769         NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2770 
2771         NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2772 
2773         NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2774 
2775         NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2776 
2777         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2778 
2779         NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2780 
2781         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2782         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2783 
2784         NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2785         NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2786 
2787         NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2788         NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2789 
2790         NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2791 
2792         NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2793         NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2794 
2795         NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2796 
2797         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2798         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2799 
2800         NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2801 
2802         NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2803 
2804         NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2805         NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2806 
2807         NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2808         NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2809 
2810         NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2811 
2812         NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2813         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2814 
2815         NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2816 
2817         NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2818 
2819         NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2820         NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2821         NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2822         NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2823         NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2824 
2825         NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2826 
2827         NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2828 
2829         NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2830 
2831         NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2832 
2833         NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2834 
2835         NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2836 
2837         NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2838         NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2839 
2840         NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2841 
2842         NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2843 
2844         NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2845 
2846         NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2847 
2848         NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2849 
2850         NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2851 
2852         NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2853 
2854         NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2855 
2856         NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2857 
2858         NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2859 
2860         NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2861         NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2862         NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2863 
2864         NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2865         NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2866 
2867         NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2868 
2869         NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2870 
2871         NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2872 
2873         NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2874 
2875         NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2876 
2877         NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2878         NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2879 
2880         NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2881         NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2882 
2883         NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2884         NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2885 
2886         NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2887         NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2888 
2889         NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2890         NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2891 
2892         NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2893         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2894 
2895         NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2896 
2897         NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2898 
2899         NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2900         NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2901         NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2902         NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
2903         NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
2904 
2905         NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2906 
2907         NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2908 
2909         NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2910 
2911         NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2912 
2913         NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2914         NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2915 
2916         NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2917 
2918         NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2919         NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2920         NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2921         NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2922 
2923         NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2924 
2925         NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2926         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2927 
2928         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2929 
2930         NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2931 
2932         NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2933 
2934         NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2935         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2936 
2937         NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2938 
2939         NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2940 
2941         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2942 
2943         NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2944         NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2945         NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2946 
2947         NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2948 
2949         NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2950 
2951         NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2952 
2953         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2954 
2955         NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2956 
2957         NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2958 
2959         NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2960 
2961         NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2962 
2963         NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2964 
2965         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2966         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2967         NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2968         NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2969 
2970         NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2971 
2972         NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2973 
2974         NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2975 
2976         NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2977 
2978         NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2979 
2980         NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2981         NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2982 
2983         NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2984         NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2985         NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2986         NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2987 
2988         NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2989 
2990         NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2991         NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2992         NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2993         NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2994 
2995         NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2996         NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2997 
2998         NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2999 
3000         NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3001 
3002         NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3003         NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3004 
3005         NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3006 
3007         NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3008         NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3009         NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3010         NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3011         NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3012 
3013         NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3014 
3015         NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3016         NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3017 
3018         NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3019         NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3020         NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3021 
3022         NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3023         NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3024 
3025         NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3026         NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3027 
3028         NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3029 
3030         NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3031         NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3032         NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3033         NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3034 
3035         NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3036 
3037         NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3038 
3039         NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3040 
3041         NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3042 
3043         NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3044 
3045         NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3046         NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3047         NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3048 
3049         NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3050 
3051         NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3052 
3053         NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3054 
3055         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3056         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3057 
3058         NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3059 
3060         NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3061 
3062         NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3063 
3064         NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3065 
3066         NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3067 
3068         NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3069         NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3070 
3071         NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3072         NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3073         NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3074         NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3075 
3076         NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3077 
3078         NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3079 
3080         NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3081 
3082         NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3083         NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3084 
3085         NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3086 
3087         NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3088 
3089         NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3090 
3091         NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3092 
3093         NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3094 
3095         NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3096         NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3097         NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3098 
3099         /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3100 
3101         __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3102         NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3103         NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3104 };
3105 
3106 /* source-level API compatibility */
3107 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3108 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3109 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3110 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3111 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3112 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3113 
3114 /*
3115  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3116  * here
3117  */
3118 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3119 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3120 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3121 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3122 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3123 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3124 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3125 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3126 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3127 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3128 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3129 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3130 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3131 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3132 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3133 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3134 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3135 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3136 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3137 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3138 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3139 
3140 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN               64
3141 
3142 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES                  32
3143 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES               77
3144 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES              128
3145 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY       0
3146 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY     16
3147 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY     24
3148 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN               26
3149 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN              12
3150 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
3151 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
3152 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES            5
3153 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES               2
3154 
3155 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME      10
3156 
3157 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3158 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF             -300
3159 
3160 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL               1800
3161 
3162 /**
3163  * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3164  *
3165  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3166  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3167  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3168  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3169  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3170  *      are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3171  *      AP type interface.
3172  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3173  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3174  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3175  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3176  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3177  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3178  *      and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3179  *      %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3180  *      commands to create and destroy one
3181  * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3182  *      This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3183  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3184  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3185  * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3186  *
3187  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3188  * to set the type of an interface.
3189  *
3190  */
3191 enum nl80211_iftype {
3192         NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3193         NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3194         NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3195         NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3196         NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3197         NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3198         NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3199         NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3200         NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3201         NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3202         NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3203         NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3204         NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3205 
3206         /* keep last */
3207         NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3208         NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3209 };
3210 
3211 /**
3212  * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3213  *
3214  * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3215  * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3216  *
3217  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3218  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3219  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3220  *      with short barker preamble
3221  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3222  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3223  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3224  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3225  *      only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3226  *      flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3227  *      attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3228  *      as errors.)
3229  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3230  *      that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3231  *      previously added station into associated state
3232  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3233  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3234  */
3235 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3236         __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3237         NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3238         NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3239         NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3240         NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3241         NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3242         NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3243         NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3244 
3245         /* keep last */
3246         __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3247         NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3248 };
3249 
3250 /**
3251  * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3252  *
3253  * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3254  * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3255  * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3256  */
3257 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3258         NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3259         NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3260 
3261         NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3262 };
3263 
3264 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API    NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3265 
3266 /**
3267  * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3268  * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3269  * @set: which values to set them to
3270  *
3271  * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3272  */
3273 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3274         __u32 mask;
3275         __u32 set;
3276 } __attribute__((packed));
3277 
3278 /**
3279  * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3280  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3281  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3282  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3283  */
3284 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3285         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3286         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3287         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3288 };
3289 
3290 /**
3291  * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3292  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3293  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3294  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3295  */
3296 enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3297         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3298         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3299         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3300 };
3301 
3302 /**
3303  * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3304  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3305  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3306  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3307  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3308  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3309  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3310  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3311  */
3312 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3313         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3314         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3315         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3316         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3317         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3318         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3319         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3320 };
3321 
3322 /**
3323  * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3324  *
3325  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3326  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3327  * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3328  * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3329  * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3330  * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3331  * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3332  * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3333  * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3334  *
3335  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3336  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3337  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3338  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3339  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3340  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3341  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3342  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3343  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3344  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3345  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3346  *      same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3347  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3348  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3349  *      a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3350  *      half the base (20 MHz) rate
3351  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3352  *      a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3353  *      a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3354  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3355  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3356  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3357  *      (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3358  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3359  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3360  *      non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3361  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3362  */
3363 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3364         __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3365         NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3366         NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3367         NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3368         NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3369         NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3370         NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3371         NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3372         NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3373         NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3374         NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3375         NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3376         NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3377         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3378         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3379         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3380         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3381         NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3382 
3383         /* keep last */
3384         __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3385         NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3386 };
3387 
3388 /**
3389  * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3390  *
3391  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3392  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3393  *
3394  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3395  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3396  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
3397  *      (flag)
3398  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
3399  *      (flag)
3400  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3401  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3402  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3403  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3404  */
3405 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3406         __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3407         NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3408         NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3409         NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3410         NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3411         NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3412 
3413         /* keep last */
3414         __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3415         NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3416 };
3417 
3418 /**
3419  * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3420  *
3421  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3422  * when getting information about a station.
3423  *
3424  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3425  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3426  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3427  *      (u32, from this station)
3428  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3429  *      (u32, to this station)
3430  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3431  *      (u64, from this station)
3432  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3433  *      (u64, to this station)
3434  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3435  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3436  *      containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3437  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3438  *      (u32, from this station)
3439  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3440  *      (u32, to this station)
3441  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3442  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3443  *      (u32, to this station)
3444  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3445  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3446  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3447  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3448  *      (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3449  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3450  *      attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3451  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3452  *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3453  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3454  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3455  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3456  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3457  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3458  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3459  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3460  *      non-peer STA
3461  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3462  *      Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3463  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3464  *      Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3465  * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3466  *      802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3467  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3468  *      (u64)
3469  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3470  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3471  *      for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3472  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3473  *      This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3474  *      TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3475  *      each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3476  *      attributes carrying the actual values.
3477  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3478  *      received from the station (u64, usec)
3479  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3480  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3481  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3482  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3483  *      (u32, from this station)
3484  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3485  *      with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3486  *      some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3487  *      might not be fully accurate.
3488  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3489  *      mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3490  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3491  *      sent to the station (u64, usec)
3492  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3493  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3494  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3495  *      of STA's association
3496  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3497  *      authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3498  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3499  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3500  */
3501 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3502         __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3503         NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3504         NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3505         NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3506         NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3507         NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3508         NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3509         NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3510         NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3511         NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3512         NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3513         NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3514         NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3515         NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3516         NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3517         NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3518         NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3519         NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3520         NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3521         NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3522         NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3523         NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3524         NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3525         NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3526         NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3527         NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3528         NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3529         NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3530         NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3531         NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3532         NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3533         NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3534         NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3535         NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3536         NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3537         NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3538         NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3539         NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3540         NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3541         NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3542         NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3543         NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3544         NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3545         NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3546 
3547         /* keep last */
3548         __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3549         NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3550 };
3551 
3552 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3553 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3554 
3555 
3556 /**
3557  * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3558  * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3559  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3560  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3561  *      attempted to transmit; u64)
3562  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3563  *      transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3564  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3565  *      MSDUs (u64)
3566  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3567  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3568  * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3569  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3570  */
3571 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3572         __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3573         NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3574         NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3575         NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3576         NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3577         NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3578         NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3579 
3580         /* keep last */
3581         NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3582         NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3583 };
3584 
3585 /**
3586  * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3587  * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3588  * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3589  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3590  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3591  *      backlogged
3592  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3593  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3594  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3595  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3596  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3597  *      (only for per-phy stats)
3598  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3599  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3600  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3601  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3602  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3603  */
3604 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3605         __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3606         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3607         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3608         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3609         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3610         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3611         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3612         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3613         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3614         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3615         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3616         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3617 
3618         /* keep last */
3619         NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3620         NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3621 };
3622 
3623 /**
3624  * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3625  *
3626  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3627  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3628  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3629  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3630  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3631  */
3632 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3633         NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =     1<<0,
3634         NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =  1<<1,
3635         NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =   1<<2,
3636         NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =      1<<3,
3637         NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =   1<<4,
3638 };
3639 
3640 /**
3641  * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3642  *
3643  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3644  * information about a mesh path.
3645  *
3646  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3647  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3648  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3649  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3650  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3651  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3652  *      &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3653  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3654  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3655  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3656  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3657  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3658  *      currently defined
3659  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3660  */
3661 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3662         __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3663         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3664         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3665         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3666         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3667         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3668         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3669         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3670         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3671         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3672 
3673         /* keep last */
3674         __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3675         NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3676 };
3677 
3678 /**
3679  * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3680  *
3681  * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3682  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3683  *     for each interface type that supports the band data
3684  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3685  *     capabilities IE
3686  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3687  *     capabilities IE
3688  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3689  *     capabilities IE
3690  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3691  *     defined in HE capabilities IE
3692  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3693  *     defined
3694  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
3695  *      given for all 6 GHz band channels
3696  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
3697  *      advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
3698  * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3699  */
3700 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3701         __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3702 
3703         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3704         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3705         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3706         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3707         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3708         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
3709         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
3710 
3711         /* keep last */
3712         __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3713         NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3714 };
3715 
3716 /**
3717  * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3718  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3719  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3720  *      an array of nested frequency attributes
3721  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3722  *      an array of nested bitrate attributes
3723  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3724  *      defined in 802.11n
3725  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3726  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3727  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3728  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3729  *      defined in 802.11ac
3730  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3731  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3732  *      attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3733  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3734  *      channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3735  *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3736  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3737  *      the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3738  *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3739  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3740  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3741  */
3742 enum nl80211_band_attr {
3743         __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3744         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3745         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3746 
3747         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3748         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3749         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3750         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3751 
3752         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3753         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3754         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3755 
3756         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3757         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3758 
3759         /* keep last */
3760         __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3761         NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3762 };
3763 
3764 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3765 
3766 /**
3767  * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3768  *
3769  * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3770  * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3771  * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3772  * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3773  * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3774  * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3775  * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3776  */
3777 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3778         __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3779         NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3780         NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3781         NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3782         NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3783 
3784         /* keep last */
3785         __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3786         NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3787 };
3788 
3789 /**
3790  * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3791  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3792  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3793  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3794  *      regulatory domain.
3795  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3796  *      are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3797  *      requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3798  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3799  *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3800  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3801  *      (100 * dBm).
3802  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3803  *      (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3804  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3805  *      this channel is in this DFS state.
3806  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3807  *      channel as the control channel
3808  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3809  *      channel as the control channel
3810  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3811  *      as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3812  *      this includes 80+80 channels
3813  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3814  *      using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3815  *      isn't possible
3816  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3817  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3818  *      channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3819  *      used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3820  *      an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3821  *      through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3822  *      that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3823  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3824  *      channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3825  *      the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3826  *      band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3827  *      off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3828  *      done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3829  *      the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3830  *      off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3831  *      radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3832  *      wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3833  *      attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3834  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3835  *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3836  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3837  *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3838  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3839  *      This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3840  *      (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3841  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
3842  *      in current regulatory domain.
3843  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
3844  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
3845  *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3846  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
3847  *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3848  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
3849  *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3850  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
3851  *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3852  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
3853  *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3854  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3855  *      currently defined
3856  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3857  *
3858  * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3859  * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3860  * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3861  * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3862  */
3863 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3864         __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3865         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3866         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3867         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3868         __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3869         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3870         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3871         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3872         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3873         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3874         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3875         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3876         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3877         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3878         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3879         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3880         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3881         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3882         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3883         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
3884         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
3885         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
3886         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
3887         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
3888         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
3889         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
3890 
3891         /* keep last */
3892         __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3893         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3894 };
3895 
3896 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3897 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN     NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3898 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS          NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3899 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR            NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3900 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3901                                         NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3902 
3903 /**
3904  * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3905  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3906  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3907  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3908  *      in 2.4 GHz band.
3909  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3910  *      currently defined
3911  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3912  */
3913 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3914         __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3915         NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3916         NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3917 
3918         /* keep last */
3919         __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3920         NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3921 };
3922 
3923 /**
3924  * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3925  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3926  *      regulatory domain.
3927  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3928  *      regulatory domain.
3929  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3930  *      wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3931  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3932  *      802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3933  *      thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3934  *      code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3935  *      structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3936  *      If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3937  *      be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3938  */
3939 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3940         NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3941         NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3942         NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3943         NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3944 };
3945 
3946 /**
3947  * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3948  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3949  *      to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3950  *      ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3951  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3952  *      domain.
3953  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3954  *      driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3955  *      and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3956  *      them to be applied.
3957  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3958  *      of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3959  *      set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3960  *      domain request to be processed.
3961  */
3962 enum nl80211_reg_type {
3963         NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3964         NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3965         NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3966         NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3967 };
3968 
3969 /**
3970  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3971  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3972  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3973  *      considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3974  *      &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3975  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3976  *      rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3977  *      band edge.
3978  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3979  *      in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3980  *      band edge.
3981  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3982  *      frequency range, in KHz.
3983  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3984  *      for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3985  *      If you don't have one then don't send this.
3986  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3987  *      a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3988  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3989  *      If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3990  * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3991  *      currently defined
3992  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3993  */
3994 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3995         __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3996         NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3997 
3998         NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3999         NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4000         NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4001 
4002         NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4003         NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4004 
4005         NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4006 
4007         /* keep last */
4008         __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4009         NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4010 };
4011 
4012 /**
4013  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4014  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4015  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4016  *      only report BSS with matching SSID.
4017  *      (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4018  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4019  *      BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4020  *      if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4021  *      the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4022  *      matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4023  *      how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4024  *      the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4025  *      attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4026  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4027  *      %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4028  *      relative to current bss's RSSI.
4029  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4030  *      BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4031  *      RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4032  *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4033  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4034  *      (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4035  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
4036  *      band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
4037  *      enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
4038  *      band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4039  *      of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4040  *      minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4041  *      within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4042  *      attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4043  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4044  *      attribute number currently defined
4045  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4046  */
4047 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4048         __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4049 
4050         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4051         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4052         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4053         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4054         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4055         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
4056 
4057         /* keep last */
4058         __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4059         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4060                 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4061 };
4062 
4063 /* only for backward compatibility */
4064 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4065 
4066 /**
4067  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4068  *
4069  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4070  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4071  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4072  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4073  * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4074  * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4075  * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4076  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4077  *      this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4078  *      beaconing.
4079  * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4080  *      base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4081  *      multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4082  * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4083  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4084  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4085  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4086  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4087  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4088  */
4089 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4090         NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM             = 1<<0,
4091         NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK              = 1<<1,
4092         NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR           = 1<<2,
4093         NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR          = 1<<3,
4094         NL80211_RRF_DFS                 = 1<<4,
4095         NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY            = 1<<5,
4096         NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY           = 1<<6,
4097         NL80211_RRF_NO_IR               = 1<<7,
4098         __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS           = 1<<8,
4099         NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW             = 1<<11,
4100         NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT       = 1<<12,
4101         NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS        = 1<<13,
4102         NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS         = 1<<14,
4103         NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ            = 1<<15,
4104         NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ           = 1<<16,
4105         NL80211_RRF_NO_HE               = 1<<17,
4106 };
4107 
4108 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN        NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4109 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS             NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4110 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR               NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4111 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40             (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4112                                          NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4113 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT       NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4114 
4115 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4116 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL           (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4117 
4118 /**
4119  * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4120  *
4121  * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4122  * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4123  * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4124  * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4125  */
4126 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4127         NL80211_DFS_UNSET       = 0,
4128         NL80211_DFS_FCC         = 1,
4129         NL80211_DFS_ETSI        = 2,
4130         NL80211_DFS_JP          = 3,
4131 };
4132 
4133 /**
4134  * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4135  *
4136  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4137  *      assumed if the attribute is not set.
4138  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4139  *      base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4140  *      properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4141  *      by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4142  *      capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4143  *      ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4144  *      present has been registered with the wireless core that
4145  *      has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4146  *      supported feature.
4147  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4148  *      platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4149  */
4150 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4151         NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER      = 0,
4152         NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4153         NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
4154 };
4155 
4156 /**
4157  * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4158  *
4159  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4160  * when getting information about a survey.
4161  *
4162  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4163  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4164  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4165  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4166  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4167  *      was turned on (on channel or globally)
4168  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4169  *      channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4170  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4171  *      channel was sensed busy
4172  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4173  *      receiving data (on channel or globally)
4174  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4175  *      transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4176  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4177  *      (on this channel or globally)
4178  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4179  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4180  *      receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4181  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4182  *      currently defined
4183  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4184  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4185  */
4186 enum nl80211_survey_info {
4187         __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4188         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4189         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4190         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4191         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4192         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4193         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4194         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4195         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4196         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4197         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4198         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4199         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4200 
4201         /* keep last */
4202         __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4203         NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4204 };
4205 
4206 /* keep old names for compatibility */
4207 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME                NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4208 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY           NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4209 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY       NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4210 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX             NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4211 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX             NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4212 
4213 /**
4214  * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4215  *
4216  * Monitor configuration flags.
4217  *
4218  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4219  *
4220  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4221  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4222  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4223  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4224  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4225  *      overrides all other flags.
4226  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4227  *      and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4228  *
4229  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4230  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4231  */
4232 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4233         __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4234         NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4235         NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4236         NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4237         NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4238         NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4239         NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4240 
4241         /* keep last */
4242         __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4243         NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4244 };
4245 
4246 /**
4247  * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4248  *
4249  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4250  *      not known or has not been set yet.
4251  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4252  *      in Awake state all the time.
4253  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4254  *      alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4255  *      neighbor's beacons.
4256  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4257  *      alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4258  *      for neighbor's beacons.
4259  *
4260  * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4261  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4262  */
4263 
4264 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4265         NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4266         NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4267         NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4268         NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4269 
4270         __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4271         NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4272 };
4273 
4274 /**
4275  * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4276  *
4277  * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4278  * active.
4279  *
4280  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4281  *
4282  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4283  *      millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4284  *
4285  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4286  *      millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4287  *
4288  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4289  *      millisecond units
4290  *
4291  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4292  *      on this mesh interface
4293  *
4294  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4295  *      open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4296  *      mesh
4297  *
4298  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4299  *      point.
4300  *
4301  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4302  *      peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4303  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4304  *      set.
4305  *
4306  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4307  *      containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4308  *      target)
4309  *
4310  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4311  *      (in milliseconds)
4312  *
4313  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4314  *      until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4315  *
4316  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4317  *      points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4318  *      the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4319  *
4320  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4321  *      TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4322  *      reference element
4323  *
4324  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4325  *      that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4326  *      mesh
4327  *
4328  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4329  *
4330  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4331  *      source mesh point for path selection elements.
4332  *
4333  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
4334  *      root announcements are transmitted.
4335  *
4336  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4337  *      access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
4338  *      Announcement frames.
4339  *
4340  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4341  *      TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4342  *      PERR element.
4343  *
4344  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4345  *      or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4346  *
4347  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4348  *      threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4349  *      a peer link.
4350  *
4351  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4352  *      to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4353  *      (see 11C.12.2.2)
4354  *
4355  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4356  *
4357  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4358  *
4359  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4360  *      which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4361  *      information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4362  *
4363  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4364  *      proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4365  *
4366  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4367  *      (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4368  *      containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4369  *
4370  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4371  *      type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4372  *
4373  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4374  *
4375  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4376  *      established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4377  *      remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4378  *      the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4379  *
4380  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4381  *      will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4382  *      field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4383  *      advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4384  *
4385  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4386  *      PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4387  *      this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4388  *      better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4389  *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4390  *
4391  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4392  *      will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4393  *      in the mesh formation field.
4394  *
4395  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4396  */
4397 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4398         __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4399         NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4400         NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4401         NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4402         NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4403         NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4404         NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4405         NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4406         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4407         NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4408         NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4409         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4410         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4411         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4412         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4413         NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4414         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4415         NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4416         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4417         NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4418         NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4419         NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4420         NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4421         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4422         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4423         NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4424         NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4425         NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4426         NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4427         NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4428         NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4429         NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4430 
4431         /* keep last */
4432         __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4433         NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4434 };
4435 
4436 /**
4437  * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4438  *
4439  * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4440  * changed while the mesh is active.
4441  *
4442  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4443  *
4444  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4445  *      vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4446  *      default HWMP.
4447  *
4448  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4449  *      vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4450  *      metric.
4451  *
4452  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4453  *      robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4454  *      that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4455  *      metrics in use.
4456  *
4457  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4458  *      daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4459  *
4460  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4461  *      daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
4462  *      Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4463  *      a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4464  *      management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4465  *      functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4466  *      key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4467  *      autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4468  *      userspace daemon.
4469  *
4470  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4471  *      vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4472  *      neighbor offset synchronization
4473  *
4474  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4475  *      implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4476  *
4477  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4478  *      method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4479  *      Default is no authentication method required.
4480  *
4481  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4482  *
4483  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4484  */
4485 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4486         __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4487         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4488         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4489         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4490         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4491         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4492         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4493         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4494         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4495 
4496         /* keep last */
4497         __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4498         NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4499 };
4500 
4501 /**
4502  * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4503  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4504  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4505  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4506  *      disabled
4507  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4508  *      2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4509  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4510  *      2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4511  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4512  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4513  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4514  */
4515 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4516         __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4517         NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4518         NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4519         NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4520         NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4521         NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4522 
4523         /* keep last */
4524         __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4525         NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4526 };
4527 
4528 enum nl80211_ac {
4529         NL80211_AC_VO,
4530         NL80211_AC_VI,
4531         NL80211_AC_BE,
4532         NL80211_AC_BK,
4533         NL80211_NUM_ACS
4534 };
4535 
4536 /* backward compat */
4537 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE  NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4538 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO        NL80211_AC_VO
4539 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI        NL80211_AC_VI
4540 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE        NL80211_AC_BE
4541 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK        NL80211_AC_BK
4542 
4543 /**
4544  * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4545  * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4546  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4547  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4548  *      below the control channel
4549  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4550  *      above the control channel
4551  */
4552 enum nl80211_channel_type {
4553         NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4554         NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4555         NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4556         NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4557 };
4558 
4559 /**
4560  * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4561  *
4562  * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4563  *      Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4564  *
4565  * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4566  * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4567  *
4568  * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4569  *      Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4570  * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4571  *      The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4572  *      the preferred Tx key for the station.
4573  */
4574 enum nl80211_key_mode {
4575         NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4576         NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4577         NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4578 };
4579 
4580 /**
4581  * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4582  *
4583  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4584  * attribute.
4585  *
4586  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4587  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4588  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4589  *      attribute must be provided as well
4590  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4591  *      attribute must be provided as well
4592  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4593  *      and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4594  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4595  *      attribute must be provided as well
4596  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4597  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4598  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4599  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4600  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4601  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4602  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4603  */
4604 enum nl80211_chan_width {
4605         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4606         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4607         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4608         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4609         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4610         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4611         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4612         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4613         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4614         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4615         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4616         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4617         NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4618 };
4619 
4620 /**
4621  * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4622  *
4623  * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4624  *
4625  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4626  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4627  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4628  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4629  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4630  */
4631 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4632         NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4633         NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4634         NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4635         NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4636         NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4637 };
4638 
4639 /**
4640  * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4641  *
4642  * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4643  * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4644  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4645  * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4646  *      (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4647  *      from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4648  *      that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4649  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4650  * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4651  * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4652  *      raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4653  *      if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4654  *      different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4655  *      they are from a Beacon frame.
4656  *      However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4657  *      IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4658  *      If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4659  *      data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4660  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4661  *      in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4662  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4663  *      in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4664  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4665  * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4666  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4667  *      elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4668  *      yet been received
4669  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4670  *      (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4671  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4672  *      (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4673  * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4674  *      @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4675  * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4676  *      was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4677  *      accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4678  * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4679  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4680  *      octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4681  *      this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4682  *      @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4683  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4684  *      is set.
4685  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4686  *      Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4687  *      using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4688  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4689  * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4690  * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4691  */
4692 enum nl80211_bss {
4693         __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4694         NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4695         NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4696         NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4697         NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4698         NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4699         NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4700         NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4701         NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4702         NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4703         NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4704         NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4705         NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4706         NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4707         NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4708         NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4709         NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4710         NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4711         NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4712         NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4713         NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4714 
4715         /* keep last */
4716         __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4717         NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4718 };
4719 
4720 /**
4721  * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4722  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4723  *      Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4724  *      keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4725  *      a given BSS.
4726  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4727  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4728  *
4729  * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4730  * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4731  */
4732 enum nl80211_bss_status {
4733         NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4734         NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4735         NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4736 };
4737 
4738 /**
4739  * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4740  *
4741  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4742  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4743  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4744  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4745  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4746  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4747  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4748  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4749  * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4750  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4751  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4752  *      trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4753  *      the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4754  */
4755 enum nl80211_auth_type {
4756         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4757         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4758         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4759         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4760         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4761         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4762         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4763         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4764 
4765         /* keep last */
4766         __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4767         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4768         NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4769 };
4770 
4771 /**
4772  * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4773  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4774  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4775  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4776  * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4777  */
4778 enum nl80211_key_type {
4779         NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4780         NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4781         NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4782 
4783         NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4784 };
4785 
4786 /**
4787  * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4788  * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4789  * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4790  * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4791  */
4792 enum nl80211_mfp {
4793         NL80211_MFP_NO,
4794         NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4795         NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4796 };
4797 
4798 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4799         NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4800         NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4801         NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4802 };
4803 
4804 /**
4805  * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4806  * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4807  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4808  *      unicast key
4809  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4810  *      multicast key
4811  * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4812  */
4813 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4814         __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4815         NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4816         NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4817 
4818         NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4819 };
4820 
4821 /**
4822  * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4823  * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4824  * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4825  *      16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4826  *      keys
4827  * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4828  * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4829  *      section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4830  * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4831  *      CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4832  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4833  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4834  * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4835  *      specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4836  *      given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4837  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4838  *      attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4839  *      See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4840  * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4841  *      Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4842  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
4843  *
4844  * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4845  * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4846  */
4847 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4848         __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4849         NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4850         NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4851         NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4852         NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4853         NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4854         NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4855         NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4856         NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4857         NL80211_KEY_MODE,
4858         NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
4859 
4860         /* keep last */
4861         __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4862         NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4863 };
4864 
4865 /**
4866  * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4867  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4868  * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4869  *      in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4870  *      1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4871  *      %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4872  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4873  *      in an array of MCS numbers.
4874  * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4875  *      see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4876  * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4877  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4878  *      see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
4879  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
4880  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
4881  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4882  * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4883  */
4884 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4885         __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4886         NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4887         NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4888         NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4889         NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4890         NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
4891         NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
4892         NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
4893 
4894         /* keep last */
4895         __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4896         NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4897 };
4898 
4899 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4900 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX             8
4901 
4902 /**
4903  * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4904  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4905  */
4906 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4907         __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4908 };
4909 
4910 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX              8
4911 /**
4912  * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4913  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4914  */
4915 struct nl80211_txrate_he {
4916         __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
4917 };
4918 
4919 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4920         NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4921         NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4922         NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4923 };
4924 
4925 /**
4926  * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4927  * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4928  * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4929  * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4930  * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
4931  * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
4932  * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4933  *      since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4934  */
4935 enum nl80211_band {
4936         NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4937         NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4938         NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4939         NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
4940         NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
4941 
4942         NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4943 };
4944 
4945 /**
4946  * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4947  * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4948  * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4949  */
4950 enum nl80211_ps_state {
4951         NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4952         NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4953 };
4954 
4955 /**
4956  * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4957  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4958  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4959  *      the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4960  *      to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4961  *      set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4962  *      threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4963  *      crosses any of the thresholds.
4964  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4965  *      the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4966  *      new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4967  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4968  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4969  *      consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4970  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4971  *      during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4972  *      %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4973  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4974  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4975  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4976  *      checked.
4977  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4978  *      interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4979  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4980  *      %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4981  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4982  *      loss event
4983  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4984  *      RSSI threshold event.
4985  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4986  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4987  */
4988 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4989         __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4990         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4991         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4992         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4993         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4994         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4995         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4996         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4997         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4998         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4999 
5000         /* keep last */
5001         __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5002         NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5003 };
5004 
5005 /**
5006  * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5007  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5008  *      configured threshold
5009  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5010  *      configured threshold
5011  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5012  */
5013 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5014         NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5015         NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5016         NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5017 };
5018 
5019 
5020 /**
5021  * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5022  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5023  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5024  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5025  */
5026 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5027         NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5028         NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5029         NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5030 };
5031 
5032 /**
5033  * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5034  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5035  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5036  */
5037 enum nl80211_tid_config {
5038         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5039         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5040 };
5041 
5042 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5043  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5044  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5045  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5046  */
5047 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5048         NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5049         NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5050         NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5051 };
5052 
5053 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5054  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5055  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5056  *      for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5057  *      (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5058  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5059  *      per peer instead.
5060  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5061  *      that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5062  *      configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5063  *      should be left untouched.
5064  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5065  *      Its type is u16.
5066  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5067  *      specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5068  *      Its type is u8.
5069  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5070  *      transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5071  *      &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5072  *      the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5073  *      output in wiphy capabilities.
5074  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5075  *      transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5076  *      &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5077  *      the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5078  *      output in wiphy capabilities.
5079  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5080  *      for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5081  *      Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5082  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5083  *      specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5084  *      the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5085  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5086  *      for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5087  *      Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5088  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5089  *      to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5090  *      for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5091  *      the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5092  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5093  *      with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5094  *      configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5095  *      station.
5096  */
5097 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5098         __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5099         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5100         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5101         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5102         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5103         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5104         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5105         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5106         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5107         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5108         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5109         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5110         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5111         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5112 
5113         /* keep last */
5114         __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5115         NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5116 };
5117 
5118 /**
5119  * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5120  * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5121  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5122  *      a zero bit are ignored
5123  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5124  *      a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5125  *      to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5126  *      in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5127  *      corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5128  *      For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5129  *      xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5130  *      twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5131  *      Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5132  *      802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5133  *      first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5134  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5135  *      these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5136  * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5137  * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5138  */
5139 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5140         __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5141         NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5142         NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5143         NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5144 
5145         NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5146         MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5147 };
5148 
5149 /**
5150  * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5151  * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5152  * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5153  * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5154  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5155  *
5156  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5157  * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5158  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5159  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5160  * by the kernel to userspace.
5161  */
5162 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5163         __u32 max_patterns;
5164         __u32 min_pattern_len;
5165         __u32 max_pattern_len;
5166         __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5167 } __attribute__((packed));
5168 
5169 /* only for backward compatibility */
5170 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5171 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5172 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5173 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5174 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5175 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5176 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5177 
5178 /**
5179  * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5180  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5181  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5182  *      the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5183  *      support for low-power operation already (flag)
5184  *      Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5185  *      any others are even supported by the device.
5186  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5187  *      is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5188  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5189  *      by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5190  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5191  *      which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5192  *      defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5193  *      Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5194  *      each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5195  *      done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5196  *      pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5197  *
5198  *      In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5199  *      carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5200  *
5201  *      When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5202  *      index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5203  *      to the kernel when configuring.
5204  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5205  *      used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5206  *      by the device (flag)
5207  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5208  *      done by the device) (flag)
5209  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5210  *      packet (flag)
5211  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5212  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5213  *      (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5214  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5215  *      the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5216  *      may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5217  *      attribute contains the original length.
5218  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5219  *      packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5220  *      attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5221  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5222  *      802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5223  *      be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5224  *      contains the original length.
5225  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5226  *      packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5227  *      attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5228  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5229  *      "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5230  *      containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5231  *      the TCP connection.
5232  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5233  *      wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5234  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5235  *      TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5236  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5237  *      the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5238  *      service
5239  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5240  *      is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
5241  *      same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
5242  *      specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5243  *      channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5244  *      results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
5245  *      attribute is also sent in a response to
5246  *      @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5247  *      supported by the driver (u32).
5248  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5249  *      containing an array with information about what triggered the
5250  *      wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
5251  *      that the information is not available.  If more than one
5252  *      element is present, it means that more than one match
5253  *      occurred.
5254  *      Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5255  *      one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5256  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
5257  *      these attributes must be present.  If
5258  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5259  *      frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5260  *      channel.
5261  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5262  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5263  *
5264  * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5265  * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5266  */
5267 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5268         __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5269         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5270         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5271         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5272         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5273         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5274         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5275         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5276         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5277         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5278         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5279         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5280         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5281         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5282         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5283         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5284         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5285         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5286         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5287         NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5288 
5289         /* keep last */
5290         NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5291         MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5292 };
5293 
5294 /**
5295  * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5296  *
5297  * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5298  * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5299  * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5300  * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5301  * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5302  * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5303  * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5304  * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5305  * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5306  *
5307  * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5308  * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5309  * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5310  * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5311  * also woken up.
5312  *
5313  * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5314  * response packets might not go through correctly.
5315  */
5316 
5317 /**
5318  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5319  * @start: starting value
5320  * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5321  * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5322  *
5323  * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5324  * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5325  * in little endian.
5326  */
5327 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5328         __u32 start, offset, len;
5329 };
5330 
5331 /**
5332  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5333  * @offset: offset of token in packet
5334  * @len: length of each token
5335  * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5336  *      be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5337  */
5338 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5339         __u32 offset, len;
5340         __u8 token_stream[];
5341 };
5342 
5343 /**
5344  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5345  * @min_len: minimum token length
5346  * @max_len: maximum token length
5347  * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5348  */
5349 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5350         __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5351 };
5352 
5353 /**
5354  * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5355  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5356  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5357  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5358  *      (in network byte order)
5359  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5360  *      route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5361  *      and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5362  *      might require ARP querying.
5363  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5364  *      socket and port will be allocated
5365  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5366  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5367  *      For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5368  *      of the data payload.
5369  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5370  *      (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5371  *      advertising it is just a flag
5372  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5373  *      see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5374  *      &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5375  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5376  *      interval in feature advertising (u32)
5377  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5378  *      u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5379  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5380  *      feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5381  *      but on the TCP payload only.
5382  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5383  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5384  */
5385 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5386         __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5387         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5388         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5389         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5390         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5391         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5392         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5393         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5394         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5395         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5396         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5397         NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5398 
5399         /* keep last */
5400         NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5401         MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5402 };
5403 
5404 /**
5405  * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5406  * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5407  * @pat: packet pattern support information
5408  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5409  *
5410  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5411  * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5412  */
5413 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5414         __u32 max_rules;
5415         struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5416         __u32 max_delay;
5417 } __attribute__((packed));
5418 
5419 /**
5420  * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5421  * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5422  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5423  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5424  *      see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5425  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5426  *      after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5427  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5428  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5429  */
5430 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5431         __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5432         NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5433         NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5434         NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5435 
5436         /* keep last */
5437         NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5438         NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5439 };
5440 
5441 /**
5442  * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5443  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5444  *      in a rule are matched.
5445  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5446  *      in a rule are not matched.
5447  */
5448 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5449         NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5450         NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5451 };
5452 
5453 /**
5454  * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5455  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5456  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5457  *      can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5458  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5459  *      flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5460  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5461  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5462  */
5463 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5464         NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5465         NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5466         NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5467 
5468         /* keep last */
5469         NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5470         MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5471 };
5472 
5473 /**
5474  * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5475  *
5476  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5477  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5478  *      for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5479  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5480  *      interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5481  *      apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5482  *      in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5483  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5484  *      beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5485  *      infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5486  *      the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5487  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5488  *      different channels may be used within this group.
5489  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5490  *      of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5491  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5492  *      of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5493  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5494  *      different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5495  *      in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5496  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5497  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5498  *
5499  * Examples:
5500  *      limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5501  *      => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5502  *
5503  *      numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5504  *      => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5505  *
5506  *      numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5507  *      => allows two STAs on different channels
5508  *
5509  *      numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5510  *      => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5511  *
5512  * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5513  * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5514  * that any of these groups must match.
5515  *
5516  * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5517  * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5518  * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5519  * interface type, the following group always exists:
5520  *      numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5521  */
5522 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5523         NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5524         NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5525         NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5526         NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5527         NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5528         NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5529         NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5530         NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5531 
5532         /* keep last */
5533         NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5534         MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5535 };
5536 
5537 
5538 /**
5539  * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5540  *
5541  * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5542  *      state of non existent mesh peer links
5543  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5544  *      this mesh peer
5545  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5546  *      from this mesh peer
5547  * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5548  *      received from this mesh peer
5549  * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5550  * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5551  * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5552  *      plink are discarded
5553  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5554  * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5555  */
5556 enum nl80211_plink_state {
5557         NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5558         NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5559         NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5560         NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5561         NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5562         NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5563         NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5564 
5565         /* keep last */
5566         NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5567         MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5568 };
5569 
5570 /**
5571  * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5572  *
5573  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5574  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5575  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5576  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5577  */
5578 enum plink_actions {
5579         NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5580         NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5581         NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5582 
5583         NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5584 };
5585 
5586 
5587 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN                 16
5588 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN                 16
5589 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN             24
5590 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN             32
5591 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN          8
5592 
5593 /**
5594  * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5595  * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5596  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5597  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5598  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5599  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5600  * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5601  * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5602  */
5603 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5604         __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5605         NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5606         NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5607         NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5608         NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
5609 
5610         /* keep last */
5611         NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5612         MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5613 };
5614 
5615 /**
5616  * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5617  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5618  *      Beacon frames)
5619  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5620  *      in Beacon frames
5621  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5622  *      element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5623  */
5624 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5625         NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5626         NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5627         NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5628 };
5629 
5630 /**
5631  * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5632  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5633  * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5634  *      is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5635  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5636  *      as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5637  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5638  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5639  */
5640 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5641         __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5642         NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5643         NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5644 
5645         /* keep last */
5646         __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5647         NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5648 };
5649 
5650 /**
5651  * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5652  * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5653  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5654  *      priority)
5655  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5656  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5657  * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5658  *      (internal)
5659  * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5660  *      (internal)
5661  */
5662 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5663         __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5664         NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5665         NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5666         NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5667 
5668         /* keep last */
5669         NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5670         MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5671 };
5672 
5673 /**
5674  * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5675  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5676  * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5677  * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5678  * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5679  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5680  */
5681 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5682         NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5683         NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5684         NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5685         NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5686         NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5687 };
5688 
5689 /*
5690  * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5691  * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5692  * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5693 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5694 };
5695  */
5696 
5697 /**
5698  * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5699  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5700  *      TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5701  *      socket option.
5702  * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5703  * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5704  *      the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5705  * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5706  *      to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5707  *      cellular base stations.
5708  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5709  *      here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5710  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5711  *      equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5712  *      mode
5713  * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5714  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5715  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5716  * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5717  * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5718  *      OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5719  *      for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5720  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5721  *      setting
5722  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5723  *      powersave
5724  * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5725  *      transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5726  *      doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5727  *      stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5728  *      state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5729  *      they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5730  *      and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5731  *      states using station flags.
5732  *      Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5733  *      stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5734  *      stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5735  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5736  *      (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5737  * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5738  *      Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5739  *      beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5740  *      still generated by the driver.
5741  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5742  *      interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5743  *      interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5744  *      unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5745  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5746  *      channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5747  *      lifetime of a BSS.
5748  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5749  *      Set IE to probe requests.
5750  * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5751  *      to probe requests.
5752  * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5753  *      requests sent to it by an AP.
5754  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5755  *      current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5756  *      management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5757  *      Measurement Report action frame.
5758  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5759  *      estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5760  *      to enable dynack.
5761  * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5762  *      multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5763  *      even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5764  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5765  *      multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5766  *      and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5767  *      rts/cts handshake.
5768  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5769  *      TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5770  *      command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5771  *      needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5772  * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5773  *      the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5774  *      See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5775  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5776  *      operating as a TDLS peer.
5777  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5778  *      random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5779  *      %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5780  *      address mask/value will be used.
5781  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5782  *      using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5783  *      scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5784  *      be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5785  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5786  *      random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5787  *      scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5788  *      be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5789  */
5790 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5791         NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS                    = 1 << 0,
5792         NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS                         = 1 << 1,
5793         NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER                = 1 << 2,
5794         NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS             = 1 << 3,
5795         NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL        = 1 << 4,
5796         NL80211_FEATURE_SAE                             = 1 << 5,
5797         NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN               = 1 << 6,
5798         NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH                      = 1 << 7,
5799         NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN                         = 1 << 8,
5800         NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER                     = 1 << 9,
5801         NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN                  = 1 << 10,
5802         NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN                    = 1 << 11,
5803         NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS                    = 1 << 12,
5804         /* bit 13 is reserved */
5805         NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS           = 1 << 14,
5806         NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE            = 1 << 15,
5807         NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM                   = 1 << 16,
5808         NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR                  = 1 << 17,
5809         NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE       = 1 << 18,
5810         NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES       = 1 << 19,
5811         NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES            = 1 << 20,
5812         NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET                           = 1 << 21,
5813         NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION              = 1 << 22,
5814         NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION                = 1 << 23,
5815         NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS                     = 1 << 24,
5816         NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS                    = 1 << 25,
5817         NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION          = 1 << 26,
5818         NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE                   = 1 << 27,
5819         NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH             = 1 << 28,
5820         NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR            = 1 << 29,
5821         NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR      = 1 << 30,
5822         NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR              = 1U << 31,
5823 };
5824 
5825 /**
5826  * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5827  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5828  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5829  *      request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5830  *      %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5831  *      the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5832  *      NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5833  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5834  *      sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5835  *      certain groups which can be configured by the
5836  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5837  *      or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5838  *      %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5839  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5840  *      time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5841  *      the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5842  *      (if available).
5843  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5844  *      time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5845  *      BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5846  *      (if available).
5847  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5848  *      channel dwell time.
5849  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5850  *      configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5851  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5852  *      configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5853  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5854  *      configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5855  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5856  *      with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5857  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5858  *      in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5859  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5860  *      randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5861  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5862  *      for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5863  *      (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5864  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5865  *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5866  *      RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5867  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5868  *      authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5869  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5870  *      handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5871  *      and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5872  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5873  *      handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5874  *      and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5875  *      be supported.
5876  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5877  *      the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5878  *      actual dwell time.
5879  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5880  *      response
5881  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5882  *      the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5883  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5884  *      probe request tx deferral and suppression
5885  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5886  *      value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5887  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5888  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5889  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5890  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5891  *      Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5892  *      informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5893  *      channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5894  *      No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5895  *      "radar detected" event.
5896  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5897  *      receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5898  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5899  *      (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5900  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5901  *      TXQs.
5902  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5903  *      SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5904  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5905  *      except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5906  *      by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5907  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5908  *      timing measurement responder role.
5909  *
5910  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5911  *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5912  *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5913  *      freeze the connection.
5914  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5915  *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5916  *
5917  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5918  *      fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5919  *      scheduling.
5920  *
5921  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5922  *      (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5923  *
5924  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5925  *      filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5926  *
5927  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5928  *      to a station.
5929  *
5930  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5931  *      station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5932  *
5933  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
5934  *      with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
5935  *      vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
5936  *
5937  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
5938  *      feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
5939  *      time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
5940  *
5941  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
5942  *      and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
5943  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
5944  *      protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
5945  *
5946  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
5947  *      forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
5948  *      handled as ordinary data frames.
5949  *
5950  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
5951  *
5952  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
5953  *      in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
5954  *
5955  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
5956  *      are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
5957  *
5958  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
5959  *      reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
5960  *      report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
5961  *      included in the scan request.
5962  *
5963  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
5964  *      can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
5965  *
5966  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
5967  *      Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
5968  *
5969  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5970  *      handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
5971  *      command).
5972  *
5973  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
5974  *      in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
5975  *
5976  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
5977  *      frames transmission
5978  *
5979  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
5980  *      unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
5981  *
5982  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
5983  *      configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
5984  *
5985  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
5986  *      exchange protocol.
5987  *
5988  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
5989  *      exchange protocol.
5990  *
5991  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
5992  *      frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
5993  *      negotiation and range measurement procedure.
5994  *
5995  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
5996  *      detection and change announcemnts.
5997  *
5998  * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5999  * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6000  */
6001 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6002         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6003         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6004         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6005         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6006         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6007         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6008         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6009         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6010         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6011         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6012         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6013         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6014         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6015         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6016         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6017         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6018         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6019         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6020         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6021         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6022         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6023         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6024         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6025         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6026         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6027         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6028         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6029         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6030         /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6031         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6032         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6033         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6034         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6035         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6036         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6037         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6038         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6039         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
6040         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6041         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6042         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6043         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6044         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6045         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6046         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6047         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6048         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6049         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6050         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6051         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6052         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6053         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6054         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6055         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6056         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6057         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6058         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6059         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6060         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6061         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6062         NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6063 
6064         /* add new features before the definition below */
6065         NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6066         MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6067 };
6068 
6069 /**
6070  * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6071  *      protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6072  *      To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6073  *      Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6074  *      protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6075  *      supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6076  *      to the host.
6077  *
6078  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6079  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6080  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6081  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6082  */
6083 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6084         NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =        1<<0,
6085         NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =       1<<1,
6086         NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =        1<<2,
6087         NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =     1<<3,
6088 };
6089 
6090 /**
6091  * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6092  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6093  *      handled by the AP is reached.
6094  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6095  */
6096 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6097         NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6098         NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6099 };
6100 
6101 /**
6102  * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6103  *
6104  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6105  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6106  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6107  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6108  */
6109 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6110         NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6111         NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6112         NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6113         NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6114 };
6115 
6116 /**
6117  * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
6118  *
6119  * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6120  * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6121  * requests.
6122  *
6123  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6124  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6125  * one of them can be used in the request.
6126  *
6127  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6128  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6129  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6130  *      as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6131  *      dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6132  *      will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6133  *      when really needed
6134  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6135  *      for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6136  *      flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6137  *      @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6138  *      the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6139  *      randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6140  *      locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6141  *      This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6142  *      the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6143  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6144  *      request parameters IE in the probe request
6145  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6146  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6147  *      rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6148  *      only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6149  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6150  *      tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6151  *      and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6152  *      Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6153  *      a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6154  *      SSID and/or RSSI.
6155  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6156  *      accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6157  *      scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6158  *      implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6159  *      impacted with this flag.
6160  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6161  *      optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6162  *      optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6163  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6164  *      results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6165  *      possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6166  *      possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6167  *      Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6168  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6169  *      request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6170  *      possible.
6171  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6172  *      only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6173  *      added by userspace explicitly.)
6174  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6175  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6176  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6177  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
6178  *      2.4/5 GHz APs
6179  */
6180 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6181         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY                          = 1<<0,
6182         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH                                 = 1<<1,
6183         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP                                    = 1<<2,
6184         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR                           = 1<<3,
6185         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME                 = 1<<4,
6186         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP               = 1<<5,
6187         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE            = 1<<6,
6188         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION    = 1<<7,
6189         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN                              = 1<<8,
6190         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER                             = 1<<9,
6191         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY                         = 1<<10,
6192         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN                             = 1<<11,
6193         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT                      = 1<<12,
6194         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ                              = 1<<13,
6195         NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ                        = 1<<14,
6196 };
6197 
6198 /**
6199  * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6200  *
6201  * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6202  * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6203  * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6204  *
6205  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6206  *      listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6207  *      in ACL to authenticate.
6208  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6209  *      in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6210  */
6211 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6212         NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6213         NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6214 };
6215 
6216 /**
6217  * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6218  *
6219  * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6220  *
6221  * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6222  * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6223  * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6224  *      turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6225  */
6226 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6227         NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6228         NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6229         NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6230 
6231         __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6232         NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6233 };
6234 
6235 /**
6236  * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6237  *
6238  * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6239  * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6240  *
6241  * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6242  *      now unusable.
6243  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6244  *      the channel is now available.
6245  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6246  *      change to the channel status.
6247  * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6248  *      over, channel becomes usable.
6249  * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6250  *      non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6251  *      be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6252  *      applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6253  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6254  *      should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6255  */
6256 enum nl80211_radar_event {
6257         NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6258         NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6259         NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6260         NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6261         NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6262         NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6263 };
6264 
6265 /**
6266  * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6267  *
6268  * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6269  *
6270  * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6271  *      check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6272  * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6273  *      is therefore marked as not available.
6274  * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6275  */
6276 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6277         NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6278         NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6279         NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6280 };
6281 
6282 /**
6283  * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6284  * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6285  *      wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6286  *      %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6287  *      wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6288  *      %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6289  */
6290 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6291         NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =     1 << 0,
6292 };
6293 
6294 /**
6295  * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6296  *
6297  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6298  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6299  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6300  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6301  * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6302  */
6303 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6304         NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6305         NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6306         NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6307         NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6308         /* add other protocols before this one */
6309         NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6310 };
6311 
6312 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6313 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION         5000 /* msec */
6314 
6315 /**
6316  * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6317  *
6318  * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6319  *
6320  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6321  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6322  *      the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6323  *      advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6324  *      to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6325  */
6326 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6327         NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6328         NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6329 };
6330 
6331 /*
6332  * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6333  * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6334  * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6335  */
6336 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX      0x80000000
6337 
6338 /**
6339  * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6340  * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6341  *      value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6342  *      may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6343  *      added to this file when needed.
6344  * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6345  */
6346 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6347         __u32 vendor_id;
6348         __u32 subcmd;
6349 };
6350 
6351 /**
6352  * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6353  *
6354  * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6355  * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6356  *
6357  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6358  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6359  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6360  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6361  */
6362 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6363         NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6364         NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6365         NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6366         NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6367 };
6368 
6369 /**
6370  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6371  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6372  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6373  *      seconds (u32).
6374  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6375  *      scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6376  *      because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6377  *      make the scan plan meaningless.
6378  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6379  *      currently defined
6380  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6381  */
6382 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6383         __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6384         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6385         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6386 
6387         /* keep last */
6388         __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6389         NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6390                 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6391 };
6392 
6393 /**
6394  * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6395  *
6396  * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6397  *      of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6398  * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6399  */
6400 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6401         __u8 band;
6402         __s8 delta;
6403 } __attribute__((packed));
6404 
6405 /**
6406  * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6407  *
6408  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6409  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6410  *      is requested.
6411  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6412  *      selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6413  *      When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6414  *      shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6415  *      this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6416  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6417  *      BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6418  *      RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6419  *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6420  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6421  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6422  *
6423  * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6424  * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6425  * which the driver shall use.
6426  */
6427 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6428         __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6429         NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6430         NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6431         NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6432 
6433         /* keep last */
6434         __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6435         NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6436 };
6437 
6438 /**
6439  * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6440  *
6441  * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6442  *
6443  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6444  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6445  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6446  */
6447 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6448         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6449         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6450         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6451 
6452         /* keep last */
6453         __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6454         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6455 };
6456 
6457 /**
6458  * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6459  *
6460  * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6461  *
6462  * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6463  * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6464  */
6465 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6466         NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6467         NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6468 };
6469 
6470 /**
6471  * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6472  *
6473  * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6474  *
6475  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6476  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6477  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6478  */
6479 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6480         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6481         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6482         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6483 };
6484 
6485 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6486 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6487 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6488 
6489 /**
6490  * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6491  * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6492  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6493  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6494  *      specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6495  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6496  *      publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6497  *      Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6498  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6499  *      publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6500  *      the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6501  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6502  *      subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6503  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6504  *      The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6505  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6506  *      is follow up. This is a u8.
6507  *      The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6508  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6509  *      follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6510  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6511  *      close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6512  *      This is a flag.
6513  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6514  *      stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6515  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6516  *      specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6517  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6518  *      See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6519  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6520  *      attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6521  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6522  *      nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6523  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6524  *      Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6525  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6526  *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6527  *
6528  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6529  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6530  */
6531 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6532         __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6533         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6534         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6535         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6536         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6537         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6538         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6539         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6540         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6541         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6542         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6543         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6544         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6545         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6546         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6547         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6548         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6549 
6550         /* keep last */
6551         NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6552         NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6553 };
6554 
6555 /**
6556  * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6557  * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6558  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6559  *      This is a flag.
6560  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6561  *      %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6562  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6563  *      %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6564  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6565  *      and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6566  *      attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6567  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6568  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6569  */
6570 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6571         __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6572         NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6573         NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6574         NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6575         NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6576 
6577         /* keep last */
6578         NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6579         NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6580 };
6581 
6582 /**
6583  * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6584  * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6585  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6586  *      match. This is a nested attribute.
6587  *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6588  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6589  *      that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6590  *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6591  *
6592  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6593  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6594  */
6595 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6596         __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6597         NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6598         NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6599 
6600         /* keep last */
6601         NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6602         NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6603 };
6604 
6605 /**
6606  * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6607  *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6608  * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6609  * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6610  */
6611 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6612         NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6613         NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6614 };
6615 
6616 /**
6617  * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6618  *      responder attributes
6619  * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6620  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6621  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6622  *      (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6623  *      i.e. starting with the measurement token
6624  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6625  *      (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6626  *      i.e. starting with the measurement token
6627  * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6628  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6629  */
6630 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6631         __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6632 
6633         NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6634         NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6635         NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6636 
6637         /* keep last */
6638         __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6639         NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6640 };
6641 
6642 /*
6643  * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6644  *
6645  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6646  * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6647  *
6648  * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6649  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6650  *      were ssfully answered (u32)
6651  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6652  *      frames were successfully answered (u32)
6653  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6654  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6655  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6656  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6657  *      indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6658  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6659  *      triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6660  *      phase with the responder (u32)
6661  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6662  *      - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6663  *      FTM slot (u32)
6664  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6665  *      scheduled window (u32)
6666  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6667  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6668  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6669  */
6670 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6671         __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6672         NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6673         NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6674         NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6675         NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6676         NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6677         NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6678         NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6679         NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6680         NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6681         NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6682 
6683         /* keep last */
6684         __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6685         NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6686 };
6687 
6688 /**
6689  * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6690  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6691  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6692  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6693  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6694  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
6695  */
6696 enum nl80211_preamble {
6697         NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6698         NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6699         NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6700         NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6701         NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
6702 };
6703 
6704 /**
6705  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6706  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6707  *      these numbers also for attributes
6708  *
6709  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6710  *
6711  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6712  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6713  */
6714 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6715         NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6716 
6717         NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6718 
6719         NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6720         NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6721 };
6722 
6723 /**
6724  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6725  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6726  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6727  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6728  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6729  *      reason may be available in the response data
6730  */
6731 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6732         NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6733         NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6734         NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6735         NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6736 };
6737 
6738 /**
6739  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6740  * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6741  *
6742  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6743  *      type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6744  *      enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6745  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6746  *      (flag attribute)
6747  *
6748  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6749  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6750  */
6751 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6752         __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6753 
6754         NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6755         NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6756 
6757         /* keep last */
6758         NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6759         NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6760 };
6761 
6762 /**
6763  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6764  * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6765  *
6766  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6767  *      type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6768  *      named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6769  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6770  *      (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6771  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6772  *      result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6773  *      more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6774  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6775  *      doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6776  *      This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6777  *      (u64, usec)
6778  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6779  *      (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6780  *      the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6781  *      result.
6782  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6783  *
6784  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6785  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6786  */
6787 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6788         __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6789 
6790         NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6791         NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6792         NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6793         NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6794         NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6795         NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6796 
6797         /* keep last */
6798         NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6799         NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6800 };
6801 
6802 /**
6803  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6804  * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6805  *
6806  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6807  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6808  *      attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6809  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6810  *      measurement type, with attributes from the
6811  *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6812  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6813  *      measurement type, with attributes from the
6814  *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6815  *
6816  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6817  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6818  */
6819 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6820         __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6821 
6822         NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6823         NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6824         NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6825         NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6826 
6827         /* keep last */
6828         NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6829         NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6830 };
6831 
6832 /**
6833  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6834  * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6835  *
6836  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6837  *      advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6838  *      measurements can be done with in a single request
6839  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6840  *      indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6841  *      measurement results
6842  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6843  *      indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6844  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6845  *      this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6846  *      type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6847  *      named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6848  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6849  *      meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6850  *      sub-attributes taken from
6851  *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6852  *
6853  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6854  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6855  */
6856 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6857         __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6858 
6859         NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6860         NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6861         NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6862         NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6863         NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6864 
6865         /* keep last */
6866         NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6867         NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6868 };
6869 
6870 /**
6871  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6872  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6873  *
6874  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6875  *      is supported
6876  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6877  *      mode is supported
6878  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6879  *      data can be requested during the measurement
6880  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6881  *      location data can be requested during the measurement
6882  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6883  *      from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6884  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6885  *      &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6886  *      bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6887  *      configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6888  *      bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6889  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6890  *      the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6891  *      is valid)
6892  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6893  *      the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6894  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
6895  *      trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6896  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
6897  *      if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6898  *
6899  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6900  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6901  */
6902 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6903         __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6904 
6905         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6906         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6907         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6908         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6909         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6910         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6911         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6912         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6913         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
6914         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
6915 
6916         /* keep last */
6917         NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6918         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6919 };
6920 
6921 /**
6922  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6923  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6924  *
6925  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6926  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6927  *      &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6928  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6929  *      802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6930  *      (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6931  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6932  *      of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6933  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6934  *      Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6935  *      default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6936  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6937  *      requested per burst
6938  *      (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6939  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6940  *      (u8, default 3)
6941  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6942  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6943  *      (flag)
6944  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
6945  *      measurement (flag).
6946  *      This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
6947  *      mutually exclusive.
6948  *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
6949  *      %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
6950  *      ranging will be used.
6951  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
6952  *      ranging measurement (flag)
6953  *      This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
6954  *      mutually exclusive.
6955  *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
6956  *      %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
6957  *      ranging will be used.
6958  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
6959  *      valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
6960  *      %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
6961  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
6962  *      responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
6963  *      or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
6964  *
6965  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6966  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6967  */
6968 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6969         __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6970 
6971         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6972         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6973         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6974         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6975         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6976         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6977         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6978         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6979         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6980         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
6981         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
6982         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
6983         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
6984 
6985         /* keep last */
6986         NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6987         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6988 };
6989 
6990 /**
6991  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6992  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6993  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6994  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6995  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6996  *      on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6997  *      try and get no response)
6998  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6999  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7000  *      received
7001  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7002  *      later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7003  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7004  *      by the peer and are no longer supported
7005  */
7006 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7007         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7008         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7009         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7010         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7011         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7012         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7013         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7014         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7015 };
7016 
7017 /**
7018  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7019  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7020  *
7021  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7022  *      (u32, optional)
7023  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7024  *      as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7025  *      the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7026  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7027  *      transmitted (u32, optional)
7028  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7029  *      that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
7030  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7031  *      busy peer (u32, seconds)
7032  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7033  *      used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7034  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7035  *      the responder (similar to request, u8)
7036  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7037  *      by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7038  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7039  *      frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7040  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7041  *      frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7042  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7043  *      FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7044  *      attributes)
7045  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7046  *      action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7047  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7048  *      but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7049  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7050  *      standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7051  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7052  *      optional)
7053  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7054  *      but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7055  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7056  *      that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7057  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7058  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7059  *      this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7060  *      9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7061  *      Type 8.
7062  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7063  *      (binary, optional);
7064  *      this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7065  *      9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7066  *      Type 11.
7067  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7068  *
7069  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7070  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7071  */
7072 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7073         __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7074 
7075         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7076         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7077         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7078         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7079         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7080         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7081         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7082         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7083         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7084         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7085         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7086         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7087         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7088         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7089         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7090         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7091         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7092         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7093         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7094         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7095         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7096 
7097         /* keep last */
7098         NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7099         NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7100 };
7101 
7102 /**
7103  * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7104  * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7105  *
7106  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7107  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7108  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7109  *      tx power offset.
7110  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7111  *      values used by members of the SRG.
7112  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7113  *      BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7114  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7115  *
7116  * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7117  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7118  */
7119 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7120         __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7121 
7122         NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7123         NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7124         NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7125         NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7126         NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7127         NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7128 
7129         /* keep last */
7130         __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7131         NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7132 };
7133 
7134 /**
7135  * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7136  * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7137  *
7138  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7139  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7140  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7141  *
7142  * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7143  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7144  */
7145 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7146         __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7147 
7148         NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7149         NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7150         NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7151 
7152         /* keep last */
7153         __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7154         NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7155 };
7156 
7157 /**
7158  * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7159  * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7160  *
7161  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7162  *      attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7163  *      %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7164  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7165  *      AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7166  *
7167  * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7168  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7169  */
7170 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7171         __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7172 
7173         NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7174         NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7175 
7176         /* keep last */
7177         __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7178         NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7179 };
7180 
7181 /**
7182  * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7183  * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7184  *
7185  * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7186  *
7187  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7188  *      Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7189  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7190  *      Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7191  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7192  *      frame including the headers.
7193  *
7194  * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7195  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7196  */
7197 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7198         __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7199 
7200         NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7201         NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7202         NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7203 
7204         /* keep last */
7205         __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7206         NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7207 };
7208 
7209 /*
7210  * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7211  * mandatory fields.
7212  */
7213 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7214 
7215 /**
7216  * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7217  *      response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7218  *
7219  * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7220  *
7221  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7222  *      Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7223  *      26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7224  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7225  *      frame template (binary).
7226  *
7227  * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7228  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7229  */
7230 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7231         __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7232 
7233         NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7234         NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7235 
7236         /* keep last */
7237         __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7238         NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7239                 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7240 };
7241 
7242 /**
7243  * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7244  *      derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7245  *      used.
7246  *
7247  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7248  *      attribute is not present from userspace.
7249  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7250  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7251  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7252  *      can be used.
7253  */
7254 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7255         NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7256         NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7257         NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7258         NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7259 };
7260 
7261 /**
7262  * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7263  *
7264  * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7265  *
7266  */
7267 enum nl80211_sar_type {
7268         NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7269 
7270         /* add new type here */
7271 
7272         /* Keep last */
7273         NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7274 };
7275 
7276 /**
7277  * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7278  *
7279  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7280  *
7281  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7282  *      limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7283  *      of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7284  *
7285  *      For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7286  *      and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7287  *
7288  *      For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7289  *      %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7290  *      and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7291  *
7292  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7293  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7294  *
7295  * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7296  */
7297 enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7298         __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7299 
7300         NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7301         NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7302 
7303         __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7304         NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7305 };
7306 
7307 /**
7308  * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7309  *
7310  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7311  *      power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7312  *      NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7313  *      0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7314  *
7315  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7316  *      index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7317  *      is applied to this range.
7318  *
7319  *      Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7320  *      and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7321  *      have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7322  *      %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7323  *      value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7324  *      limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7325  *      It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7326  *
7327  *      Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7328  *
7329  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7330  *      frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7331  *      It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7332  *
7333  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7334  *      frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7335  *      It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7336  *
7337  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7338  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7339  */
7340 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7341         __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7342 
7343         NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7344         NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7345         NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7346         NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7347 
7348         __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7349         NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7350 };
7351 
7352 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
7353 

This page was automatically generated by LXR 0.3.1.  •  OpenWrt